Tell Git to ignore .pyc files in icons folder
[MacVim.git] / src / edit.c
blob7721259af44fcced129834dbd078d219f03316b9
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
14 #include "vim.h"
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
44 NULL,
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50 NULL,
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
66 struct compl_S
68 compl_T *cp_next;
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
98 * are used. */
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
102 in compl_leader */
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
106 the longest common string. */
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
109 completions. */
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
124 * that is being completed */
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
126 * completion started */
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
150 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void));
151 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
152 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
153 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
154 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
155 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
156 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
157 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
158 #endif
159 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
160 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
161 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
162 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
163 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
164 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
165 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
166 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
167 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
168 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
169 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
171 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
173 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
174 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
176 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
177 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
178 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
179 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
180 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
181 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
182 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
183 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
184 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
185 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
186 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
187 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
188 #endif
189 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
190 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
191 #if 0
192 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
193 #endif
194 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
195 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
196 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
198 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
199 #endif
200 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
201 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col));
202 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col));
203 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
204 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
205 #endif
206 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
207 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
208 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
209 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
211 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
212 #endif
213 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
214 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
215 #endif
216 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
217 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
218 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
219 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
220 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
221 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
222 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
223 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
224 #endif
225 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
226 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
227 #endif
228 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
229 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
230 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
231 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
232 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
233 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
234 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
235 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
236 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
237 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
238 #ifdef FEAT_DND
239 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
240 #endif
241 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
242 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
243 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
244 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
245 #endif
246 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
247 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
248 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
249 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
250 #endif
251 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
253 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
254 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
256 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
257 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
258 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
259 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
260 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
262 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
263 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
264 #endif
266 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
268 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
269 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
270 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
271 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
272 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
273 #endif
275 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
276 char. Set when edit() is called.
277 after that arrow_used is used. */
279 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
280 under the cursor */
283 * edit(): Start inserting text.
285 * "cmdchar" can be:
286 * 'i' normal insert command
287 * 'a' normal append command
288 * 'R' replace command
289 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
290 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
291 * 'g' "gI" command.
292 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
293 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
295 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
296 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
298 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
301 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
302 int cmdchar;
303 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
304 long count;
306 int c = 0;
307 char_u *ptr;
308 int lastc;
309 colnr_T mincol;
310 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
311 int i;
312 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
314 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
315 #endif
316 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
317 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
318 int old_topfill = -1;
319 #endif
320 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
321 int replaceState = REPLACE;
322 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
324 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
325 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
327 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
328 * error message */
329 check_for_delay(TRUE);
331 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
332 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
333 if (sandbox != 0)
335 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
336 return FALSE;
338 #endif
339 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
340 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
341 if (textlock != 0)
343 EMSG(_(e_secure));
344 return FALSE;
347 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
348 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
349 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
351 EMSG(_(e_secure));
352 return FALSE;
354 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
355 #endif
357 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
359 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
361 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
363 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
364 if (cmdchar == 'R')
365 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
366 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
367 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
368 else
369 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
370 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
371 # endif
372 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
374 #endif
376 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
378 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
379 * where the paste started.
381 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
382 Insstart = where_paste_started;
383 else
384 #endif
386 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
387 if (startln)
388 Insstart.col = 0;
390 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
391 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
392 if (!did_ai)
393 ai_col = 0;
395 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
397 ResetRedobuff();
398 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
399 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
400 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
402 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
403 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
404 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
406 else
407 #endif
409 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
410 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
411 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
412 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
413 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
417 if (cmdchar == 'R')
419 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
420 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
422 beep_flush();
423 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
424 State = INSERT;
426 else
427 #endif
428 State = REPLACE;
430 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
431 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
433 State = VREPLACE;
434 replaceState = VREPLACE;
435 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
436 vr_lines_changed = 1;
438 #endif
439 else
440 State = INSERT;
442 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
445 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
446 * on a TAB or special character.
448 curs_columns(TRUE);
451 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
452 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
453 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
454 * when hitting <Esc>.
456 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
457 State |= LANGMAP;
458 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
459 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
460 #endif
462 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
463 setmouse();
464 #endif
465 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
466 clear_showcmd();
467 #endif
468 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
469 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
470 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
471 if (revins_on)
472 undisplay_dollar();
473 revins_chars = 0;
474 revins_legal = 0;
475 revins_scol = -1;
476 #endif
479 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
480 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
481 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
483 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
485 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
487 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
488 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
490 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
491 arrow_used = FALSE;
492 else
493 #endif
494 arrow_used = TRUE;
495 restart_edit = 0;
498 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
499 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
500 * correct in very rare cases).
501 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
502 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
504 validate_virtcol();
505 update_curswant();
506 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
507 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
508 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
510 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
511 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
513 else if (has_mbyte)
515 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
516 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
517 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
519 #endif
521 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
523 else
524 arrow_used = FALSE;
526 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
527 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
529 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
530 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
532 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
533 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
534 #endif
535 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
536 can_cindent = TRUE;
537 #endif
538 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
539 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
540 * restarting. */
541 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
542 foldOpenCursor();
543 #endif
546 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
547 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
548 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
550 i = 0;
551 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
552 i = showmode();
554 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
555 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
557 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
558 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
559 #endif
560 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
561 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
562 #endif
565 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
566 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
568 ptr = get_inserted();
569 if (ptr == NULL)
570 new_insert_skip = 0;
571 else
573 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
574 vim_free(ptr);
577 old_indent = 0;
580 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
582 for (;;)
584 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
585 if (!revins_legal)
586 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
587 else
588 revins_legal = 0;
589 #endif
590 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
591 count = 0;
593 if (stop_insert_mode)
595 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
596 count = 0;
597 goto doESCkey;
600 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
601 if (!arrow_used)
602 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
604 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
605 * menu invoked a shell command). */
606 if (stuff_empty())
608 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
609 if (need_check_timestamps)
610 check_timestamps(FALSE);
614 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
616 msg_scroll = FALSE;
618 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
619 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
620 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
621 * autocommand. */
622 if (need_mouse_correct)
623 gui_mouse_correct();
624 #endif
626 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
627 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
628 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
629 foldOpenCursor();
630 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
631 if (!char_avail())
632 foldCheckClose();
633 #endif
636 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
637 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
638 * redraw.
639 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
640 * something.
641 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
642 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
644 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
645 && curwin->w_p_wrap
646 && !did_backspace
647 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
648 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
649 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
650 #endif
653 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
654 validate_cursor_col();
656 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
657 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
658 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
659 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
661 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
662 #endif
665 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
666 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
667 --curwin->w_topfill;
668 else
669 #endif
670 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
671 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
672 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
673 else
674 #endif
675 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
679 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
680 update_topline();
682 did_backspace = FALSE;
684 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
687 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
688 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
690 ins_redraw(TRUE);
692 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
693 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
694 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
695 #endif
697 update_curswant();
698 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
699 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
700 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
701 #endif
703 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
704 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
705 #endif
708 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
710 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
713 c = safe_vgetc();
714 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
716 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
717 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
718 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
719 #endif
721 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
722 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
723 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
724 #endif
725 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
726 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
727 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
728 #endif
730 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
732 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
733 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
734 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
736 if (compl_started
737 && pum_wanted()
738 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
739 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
740 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
742 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
743 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
744 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
745 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
746 continue;
748 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
749 if (!compl_used_match)
751 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
752 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
753 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
754 if (c == Ctrl_L
755 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
756 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
757 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
759 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
760 continue;
763 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
764 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
765 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
767 ins_compl_addleader(c);
768 continue;
771 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
772 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
773 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
774 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
776 ins_compl_delete();
777 ins_compl_insert();
782 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
783 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
784 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
785 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
786 continue;
787 #endif
789 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
790 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
791 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
792 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
794 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
795 ins_redraw(FALSE);
796 ++no_mapping;
797 ++allow_keys;
798 c = plain_vgetc();
799 --no_mapping;
800 --allow_keys;
801 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
803 /* it's something else */
804 vungetc(c);
805 c = Ctrl_BSL;
807 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
808 continue;
809 else
811 if (c == Ctrl_O)
813 ins_ctrl_o();
814 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
815 nomove = TRUE;
817 count = 0;
818 goto doESCkey;
822 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
823 c = do_digraph(c);
824 #endif
826 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
827 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
828 goto docomplete;
829 #endif
830 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
832 ins_ctrl_v();
833 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
834 continue;
837 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
838 if (cindent_on()
839 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
840 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
841 # endif
844 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
845 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
846 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
847 * done before inserting the key. */
848 line_is_white = inindent(0);
849 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
850 goto force_cindent;
851 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
852 && stop_arrow() == OK)
853 do_c_expr_indent();
855 #endif
857 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
858 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
859 switch (c)
861 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
862 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
863 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
864 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
865 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
866 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
868 #endif
870 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
872 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
873 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
874 * characters.
876 if (ins_start_select(c))
877 continue;
878 #endif
881 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
883 switch (c)
885 case ESC: /* End input mode */
886 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
887 break;
888 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
890 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
891 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
892 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
894 /* Close the cmdline window. */
895 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
896 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
897 nomove = TRUE;
898 goto doESCkey;
900 #endif
902 #ifdef UNIX
903 do_intr:
904 #endif
905 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
906 * Insert mode */
907 if (goto_im())
909 if (got_int)
911 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
912 got_int = FALSE;
914 else
915 vim_beep();
916 break;
918 doESCkey:
920 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
922 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
923 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
924 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
925 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
927 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
929 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
930 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
931 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
932 FALSE, curbuf);
933 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
934 #endif
935 return (c == Ctrl_O);
937 continue;
939 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
940 if (!p_im)
941 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
942 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
943 c = Ctrl_O;
944 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
946 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
947 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
948 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
949 goto docomplete;
950 #endif
951 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
952 break;
953 ins_ctrl_o();
955 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
956 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
957 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
959 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
960 nomove = TRUE;
962 #endif
963 count = 0;
964 goto doESCkey;
966 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
967 case K_KINS:
968 ins_insert(replaceState);
969 break;
971 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
972 break;
974 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
975 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
976 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
977 goto doESCkey;
978 #endif
980 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
981 case K_F1:
982 case K_XF1:
983 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
984 if (p_im)
985 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
986 goto doESCkey;
988 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
989 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
990 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
991 i = plain_vgetc();
992 --no_mapping;
993 netbeans_keycommand(i);
994 break;
995 #endif
997 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
998 case NUL:
999 case Ctrl_A:
1000 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
1001 * error. */
1002 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
1003 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
1004 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
1005 inserted_space = FALSE;
1006 break;
1008 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
1009 ins_reg();
1010 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1011 inserted_space = FALSE;
1012 break;
1014 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1015 ins_ctrl_g();
1016 break;
1018 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1019 ins_ctrl_hat();
1020 break;
1022 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1023 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
1024 if (!p_ari)
1025 goto normalchar;
1026 ins_ctrl_();
1027 break;
1028 #endif
1030 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1031 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1032 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1033 goto docomplete;
1034 #endif
1035 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1037 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1038 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1039 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1041 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1042 goto docomplete;
1043 break;
1045 # endif
1046 ins_shift(c, lastc);
1047 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1048 inserted_space = FALSE;
1049 break;
1051 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
1052 case K_KDEL:
1053 ins_del();
1054 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1055 break;
1057 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
1058 case Ctrl_H:
1059 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1060 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1061 break;
1063 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
1064 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1066 break;
1068 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
1069 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1070 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1071 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1072 goto docomplete;
1073 # endif
1074 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1076 inserted_space = FALSE;
1077 break;
1079 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1080 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
1081 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1082 case K_LEFTDRAG:
1083 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1084 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1085 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1086 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1087 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1088 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1089 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1090 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1091 case K_X1MOUSE:
1092 case K_X1DRAG:
1093 case K_X1RELEASE:
1094 case K_X2MOUSE:
1095 case K_X2DRAG:
1096 case K_X2RELEASE:
1097 ins_mouse(c);
1098 break;
1100 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1101 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
1102 break;
1104 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1105 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
1106 break;
1107 #endif
1108 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1109 case K_TABLINE:
1110 case K_TABMENU:
1111 ins_tabline(c);
1112 break;
1113 #endif
1115 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
1116 break;
1118 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1119 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
1120 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1121 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1122 break;
1123 #endif
1125 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1126 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1127 * cancelled. */
1128 case K_F4:
1129 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1130 goto normalchar;
1131 break;
1132 #endif
1134 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1135 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1136 ins_scroll();
1137 break;
1139 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1140 ins_horscroll();
1141 break;
1142 #endif
1144 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
1145 case K_KHOME:
1146 case K_S_HOME:
1147 case K_C_HOME:
1148 ins_home(c);
1149 break;
1151 case K_END: /* <End> */
1152 case K_KEND:
1153 case K_S_END:
1154 case K_C_END:
1155 ins_end(c);
1156 break;
1158 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
1159 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1160 ins_s_left();
1161 else
1162 ins_left();
1163 break;
1165 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
1166 case K_C_LEFT:
1167 ins_s_left();
1168 break;
1170 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
1171 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1172 ins_s_right();
1173 else
1174 ins_right();
1175 break;
1177 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
1178 case K_C_RIGHT:
1179 ins_s_right();
1180 break;
1182 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
1183 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1184 if (pum_visible())
1185 goto docomplete;
1186 #endif
1187 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1188 ins_pageup();
1189 else
1190 ins_up(FALSE);
1191 break;
1193 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
1194 case K_PAGEUP:
1195 case K_KPAGEUP:
1196 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1197 if (pum_visible())
1198 goto docomplete;
1199 #endif
1200 ins_pageup();
1201 break;
1203 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
1204 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1205 if (pum_visible())
1206 goto docomplete;
1207 #endif
1208 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1209 ins_pagedown();
1210 else
1211 ins_down(FALSE);
1212 break;
1214 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
1215 case K_PAGEDOWN:
1216 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1217 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1218 if (pum_visible())
1219 goto docomplete;
1220 #endif
1221 ins_pagedown();
1222 break;
1224 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1225 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
1226 ins_drop();
1227 break;
1228 #endif
1230 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1231 c = TAB;
1232 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1234 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1235 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1236 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1237 goto docomplete;
1238 #endif
1239 inserted_space = FALSE;
1240 if (ins_tab())
1241 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
1242 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1243 break;
1245 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
1246 c = CAR;
1247 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1248 case CAR:
1249 case NL:
1250 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1251 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1252 * cursor. */
1253 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1255 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
1256 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1257 else /* location list window */
1258 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1259 break;
1261 #endif
1262 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1263 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1265 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1266 cmdwin_result = CAR;
1267 goto doESCkey;
1269 #endif
1270 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1271 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
1272 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1273 inserted_space = FALSE;
1274 break;
1276 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1277 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
1278 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1281 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1282 goto docomplete;
1283 break;
1285 # endif
1286 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1287 c = ins_digraph();
1288 if (c == NUL)
1289 break;
1290 # endif
1291 goto normalchar;
1292 #endif
1294 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1295 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1296 ins_ctrl_x();
1297 break;
1299 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
1300 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1301 goto normalchar;
1302 goto docomplete;
1304 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
1305 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1306 goto normalchar;
1307 goto docomplete;
1309 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
1310 case Ctrl_S:
1311 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1312 goto normalchar;
1313 goto docomplete;
1314 #endif
1316 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
1317 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1318 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1319 #endif
1321 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1322 if (p_im)
1324 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1325 break;
1326 goto doESCkey;
1328 goto normalchar;
1330 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1331 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1333 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1334 case Ctrl_N:
1335 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1336 * but it is under other ^X modes */
1337 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1338 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1339 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1340 goto normalchar;
1342 docomplete:
1343 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1344 compl_cont_status = 0;
1345 break;
1346 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1348 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1349 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
1350 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1351 break;
1353 default:
1354 #ifdef UNIX
1355 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
1356 goto do_intr;
1357 #endif
1360 * Insert a nomal character.
1362 normalchar:
1363 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1364 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1365 ins_try_si(c);
1366 #endif
1368 if (c == ' ')
1370 inserted_space = TRUE;
1371 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1372 if (inindent(0))
1373 can_cindent = FALSE;
1374 #endif
1375 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1376 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1377 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1380 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1382 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1383 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1384 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1385 #endif
1388 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1389 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1390 revins_legal++;
1391 revins_chars++;
1392 #endif
1395 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1397 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1398 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1399 * closed fold. */
1400 foldOpenCursor();
1401 #endif
1402 break;
1403 } /* end of switch (c) */
1405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1406 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1407 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1408 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1409 #endif
1411 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1412 if (arrow_used)
1413 inserted_space = FALSE;
1415 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1416 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1417 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1418 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
1419 # endif
1422 force_cindent:
1424 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1426 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1428 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1429 /* re-indent the current line */
1430 do_c_expr_indent();
1433 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1435 } /* for (;;) */
1436 /* NOTREACHED */
1440 * Redraw for Insert mode.
1441 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1442 * option work correctly.
1443 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
1444 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1446 /*ARGSUSED*/
1447 static void
1448 ins_redraw(ready)
1449 int ready; /* not busy with something */
1451 if (!char_avail())
1453 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1454 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
1455 * visible, the command might delete it. */
1456 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
1457 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1458 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1459 && !pum_visible()
1460 # endif
1463 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1464 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1465 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1466 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1467 * again below, unfortunately. */
1468 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
1469 update_screen(0);
1470 # endif
1471 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1472 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1474 #endif
1475 if (must_redraw)
1476 update_screen(0);
1477 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1478 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
1479 showruler(FALSE);
1480 setcursor();
1481 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
1486 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1488 static void
1489 ins_ctrl_v()
1491 int c;
1493 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1494 ins_redraw(FALSE);
1496 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1497 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1498 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
1500 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1501 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1502 #endif
1504 c = get_literal();
1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1506 clear_showcmd();
1507 #endif
1508 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1509 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1510 revins_chars++;
1511 revins_legal++;
1512 #endif
1516 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
1517 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1519 static int pc_status;
1520 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
1521 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
1522 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
1523 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
1524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1525 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1526 #else
1527 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
1528 #endif
1529 static int pc_attr;
1530 static int pc_row;
1531 static int pc_col;
1533 void
1534 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1535 int c;
1536 int highlight;
1538 int attr;
1540 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1542 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1543 validate_cursor();
1544 if (highlight)
1545 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1546 else
1547 attr = 0;
1548 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1549 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1550 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1551 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1552 #endif
1553 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1554 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1556 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1557 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1558 if (has_mbyte)
1560 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1562 if (fix_col != pc_col)
1564 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1565 --curwin->w_wcol;
1566 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1569 # endif
1571 else
1572 #endif
1574 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1576 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1577 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1578 #endif
1581 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
1582 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1583 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1584 #endif
1586 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1587 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1589 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1594 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1596 void
1597 edit_unputchar()
1599 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1601 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1602 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1603 ++curwin->w_wcol;
1604 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1605 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1606 else
1607 #endif
1608 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1613 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1614 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1616 void
1617 display_dollar(col)
1618 colnr_T col;
1620 colnr_T save_col;
1622 if (!redrawing())
1623 return;
1625 cursor_off();
1626 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1627 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1629 if (has_mbyte)
1631 char_u *p;
1633 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1634 p = ml_get_curline();
1635 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1637 #endif
1638 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1639 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1641 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1642 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1644 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1648 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1649 * in insert mode.
1651 static void
1652 undisplay_dollar()
1654 if (dollar_vcol)
1656 dollar_vcol = 0;
1657 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1662 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1663 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1664 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1665 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1666 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
1667 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1669 void
1670 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
1671 int type;
1672 int amount;
1673 int round;
1674 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1675 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
1677 int vcol;
1678 int last_vcol;
1679 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
1680 int new_cursor_col;
1681 int i;
1682 char_u *ptr;
1683 int save_p_list;
1684 int start_col;
1685 colnr_T vc;
1686 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1687 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
1688 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
1690 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1691 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1693 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
1694 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1696 #endif
1698 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1699 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1700 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1701 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1702 vcol = vc;
1705 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1706 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
1707 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1709 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1711 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1712 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1713 beginline(BL_WHITE);
1714 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1716 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1719 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1720 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1722 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1723 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1725 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
1726 start_col = -1;
1729 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1731 if (type == INDENT_SET)
1732 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
1733 else
1735 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1736 int save_State = State;
1738 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
1739 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1740 State = INSERT;
1741 #endif
1742 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
1743 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1744 State = save_State;
1745 #endif
1747 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1750 * Try to put cursor on same character.
1751 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1752 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1753 * non-blank character.
1754 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1755 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1756 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1758 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1761 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1762 * Insstart_col to 0.
1764 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1765 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1766 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1768 else if (!(State & INSERT))
1769 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1770 else
1773 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1775 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1776 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
1779 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1781 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1782 new_cursor_col = -1;
1783 ptr = ml_get_curline();
1784 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1786 last_vcol = vcol;
1787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1788 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1789 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1790 else
1791 #endif
1792 ++new_cursor_col;
1793 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1795 vcol = last_vcol;
1798 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1799 * the right screen column.
1801 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1803 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1804 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1805 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
1806 if (ptr != NULL)
1808 new_cursor_col += i;
1809 ptr[i] = NUL;
1810 while (--i >= 0)
1811 ptr[i] = ' ';
1812 ins_str(ptr);
1813 vim_free(ptr);
1818 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1819 * Insstart_col to 0.
1821 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1824 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1826 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1828 else
1829 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
1830 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1831 changed_cline_bef_curs();
1834 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1836 if (State & INSERT)
1838 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1840 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1841 Insstart.col = 0;
1842 else
1843 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1845 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1846 ai_col = 0;
1847 else
1848 ai_col -= insstart_less;
1852 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1853 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1854 * few characters from the replace stack.
1855 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1856 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1858 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1860 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1862 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1863 --start_col;
1865 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1867 replace_push(NUL);
1868 if (replaced)
1870 replace_push(replaced);
1871 replaced = NUL;
1873 ++start_col;
1877 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1879 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
1880 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1881 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1883 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1885 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
1886 * even if you can't backspace. */
1887 if (orig_line == NULL)
1888 return;
1890 /* Save new line */
1891 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1892 if (new_line == NULL)
1893 return;
1895 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1896 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1898 /* Put back original line */
1899 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1900 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1902 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1903 backspace_until_column(0);
1905 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1906 ins_bytes(new_line);
1908 vim_free(new_line);
1910 #endif
1914 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
1915 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1916 * modes.
1918 void
1919 truncate_spaces(line)
1920 char_u *line;
1922 int i;
1924 /* find start of trailing white space */
1925 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1927 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1928 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1930 line[i + 1] = NUL;
1933 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1934 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1936 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1937 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1938 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
1939 * character.
1941 void
1942 backspace_until_column(col)
1943 int col;
1945 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1947 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1948 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1949 replace_do_bs(col);
1950 else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
1951 break;
1954 #endif
1957 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
1958 * Only matters when there are composing characters.
1959 * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
1961 static int
1962 del_char_after_col(limit_col)
1963 int limit_col;
1965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1966 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
1968 int ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
1970 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
1971 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
1972 * composing character. */
1973 mb_adjust_cursor();
1974 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < limit_col)
1976 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
1978 if (l == 0) /* end of line */
1979 break;
1980 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
1982 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
1983 return FALSE;
1984 del_bytes((long)(ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
1986 else
1987 #endif
1988 (void)del_char(FALSE);
1989 return TRUE;
1992 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1994 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
1996 static void
1997 ins_ctrl_x()
1999 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
2000 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
2001 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
2003 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
2004 * compl_cont_status */
2005 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
2006 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
2007 else
2008 compl_cont_status = 0;
2009 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
2010 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2011 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
2012 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2013 showmode();
2018 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
2020 static int
2021 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
2022 int dict_opt;
2024 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
2025 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2026 && !curwin->w_p_spell
2027 # endif
2029 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
2031 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2032 edit_submode = NULL;
2033 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
2034 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
2035 hl_attr(HLF_E));
2036 if (emsg_silent == 0)
2038 vim_beep();
2039 setcursor();
2040 out_flush();
2041 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2043 return FALSE;
2045 return TRUE;
2049 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2050 * This depends on the current mode.
2053 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
2054 int c;
2056 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2057 if (c == Ctrl_R)
2058 return TRUE;
2060 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2061 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2062 return TRUE;
2064 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2066 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2067 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2068 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2069 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2070 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2071 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2072 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2073 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2074 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
2075 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2076 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2077 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2078 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2079 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2080 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2081 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2082 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2083 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2084 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2085 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2086 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2087 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2088 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2089 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2090 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2091 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2092 #endif
2093 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2094 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2095 || c == Ctrl_X);
2096 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2097 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2098 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2099 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2100 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2101 #endif
2102 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2103 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2105 EMSG(_(e_internal));
2106 return FALSE;
2110 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2111 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2112 * is visible.
2114 static int
2115 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
2116 int c;
2118 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2119 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2120 return vim_isIDc(c);
2122 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2124 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2125 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2126 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2127 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2128 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2130 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2131 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2132 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2133 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2134 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
2136 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2137 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2138 return vim_isprintc(c);
2140 return vim_iswordc(c);
2144 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2145 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2146 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2147 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2150 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
2151 char_u *str;
2152 int len;
2153 int icase;
2154 char_u *fname;
2155 int dir;
2156 int flags;
2158 char_u *p;
2159 int i, c;
2160 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
2161 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
2162 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
2163 int has_lower = FALSE;
2164 int was_letter = FALSE;
2166 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2168 /* Infer case of completed part. */
2170 /* Find actual length of completion. */
2171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2172 if (has_mbyte)
2174 p = str;
2175 actual_len = 0;
2176 while (*p != NUL)
2178 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2179 ++actual_len;
2182 else
2183 #endif
2184 actual_len = len;
2186 /* Find actual length of original text. */
2187 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2188 if (has_mbyte)
2190 p = compl_orig_text;
2191 actual_compl_length = 0;
2192 while (*p != NUL)
2194 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2195 ++actual_compl_length;
2198 else
2199 #endif
2200 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2202 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2203 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
2204 if (wca != NULL)
2206 p = str;
2207 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2209 if (has_mbyte)
2210 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2211 else
2212 #endif
2213 wca[i] = *(p++);
2215 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2216 p = compl_orig_text;
2217 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2220 if (has_mbyte)
2221 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2222 else
2223 #endif
2224 c = *(p++);
2225 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2227 has_lower = TRUE;
2228 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2230 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2231 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2232 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2233 break;
2239 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2240 * upper case.
2242 if (!has_lower)
2244 p = compl_orig_text;
2245 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2248 if (has_mbyte)
2249 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2250 else
2251 #endif
2252 c = *(p++);
2253 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2255 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2256 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2257 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2258 break;
2260 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2264 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2265 p = compl_orig_text;
2266 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2269 if (has_mbyte)
2270 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2271 else
2272 #endif
2273 c = *(p++);
2274 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2275 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2276 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2277 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2281 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2282 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2283 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2284 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2286 p = IObuff;
2287 i = 0;
2288 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2290 if (has_mbyte)
2291 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2292 else
2293 #endif
2294 *(p++) = wca[i++];
2295 *p = NUL;
2297 vim_free(wca);
2300 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2301 flags, FALSE);
2303 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2307 * Add a match to the list of matches.
2308 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2309 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
2310 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2312 static int
2313 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
2314 char_u *str;
2315 int len;
2316 int icase;
2317 char_u *fname;
2318 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2319 int cdir;
2320 int flags;
2321 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
2323 compl_T *match;
2324 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2326 ui_breakcheck();
2327 if (got_int)
2328 return FAIL;
2329 if (len < 0)
2330 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2333 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2335 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2337 match = compl_first_match;
2340 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2341 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2342 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2343 return NOTDONE;
2344 match = match->cp_next;
2345 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2348 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2349 ins_compl_del_pum();
2352 * Allocate a new match structure.
2353 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2355 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2356 if (match == NULL)
2357 return FAIL;
2358 match->cp_number = -1;
2359 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2360 match->cp_number = 0;
2361 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2363 vim_free(match);
2364 return FAIL;
2366 match->cp_icase = icase;
2368 /* match-fname is:
2369 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2370 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2371 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
2372 if (fname != NULL
2373 && compl_curr_match != NULL
2374 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2375 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2376 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2377 else if (fname != NULL)
2379 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2380 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2382 else
2383 match->cp_fname = NULL;
2384 match->cp_flags = flags;
2386 if (cptext != NULL)
2388 int i;
2390 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2391 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2392 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2396 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2398 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2399 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2400 else if (dir == FORWARD)
2402 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2403 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2405 else /* BACKWARD */
2407 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2408 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2410 if (match->cp_next)
2411 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2412 if (match->cp_prev)
2413 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2414 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2415 compl_first_match = match;
2416 compl_curr_match = match;
2419 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2421 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2422 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2424 return OK;
2428 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2429 * match->cp_icase.
2431 static int
2432 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
2433 compl_T *match;
2434 char_u *str;
2435 int len;
2437 if (match->cp_icase)
2438 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2439 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2443 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2445 static void
2446 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
2447 compl_T *match;
2449 char_u *p, *s;
2450 int c1, c2;
2451 int had_match;
2453 if (compl_leader == NULL)
2455 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
2456 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2457 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2459 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2460 ins_compl_delete();
2461 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2462 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2464 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2465 * again after redrawing. */
2466 if (!had_match)
2467 ins_compl_delete();
2468 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2471 else
2473 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2474 p = compl_leader;
2475 s = match->cp_str;
2476 while (*p != NUL)
2478 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2479 if (has_mbyte)
2481 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2482 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2484 else
2485 #endif
2487 c1 = *p;
2488 c2 = *s;
2490 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2491 : (c1 != c2))
2492 break;
2493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2494 if (has_mbyte)
2496 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2497 mb_ptr_adv(s);
2499 else
2500 #endif
2502 ++p;
2503 ++s;
2507 if (*p != NUL)
2509 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2510 *p = NUL;
2511 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2512 ins_compl_delete();
2513 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2514 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2516 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2517 * again after redrawing. */
2518 if (!had_match)
2519 ins_compl_delete();
2522 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2527 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2528 * Frees matches[].
2530 static void
2531 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
2532 int num_matches;
2533 char_u **matches;
2534 int icase;
2536 int i;
2537 int add_r = OK;
2538 int dir = compl_direction;
2540 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2541 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2542 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2543 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2544 dir = FORWARD;
2545 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2548 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2549 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2551 static int
2552 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2554 compl_T *match;
2555 int count = 0;
2557 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2560 * Find the end of the list.
2562 match = compl_first_match;
2563 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2564 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2566 match = match->cp_next;
2567 ++count;
2569 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2570 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2572 return count;
2576 * Start completion for the complete() function.
2577 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2578 * "list" is the list of matches.
2580 void
2581 set_completion(startcol, list)
2582 int startcol;
2583 list_T *list;
2585 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2586 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2587 ins_compl_prep(' ');
2588 ins_compl_clear();
2590 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2591 return;
2593 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2594 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2595 compl_col = startcol;
2596 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
2597 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2598 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2599 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2600 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2601 return;
2603 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
2604 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2606 ins_compl_add_list(list);
2607 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2608 compl_started = TRUE;
2609 compl_used_match = TRUE;
2610 compl_cont_status = 0;
2612 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2613 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2614 out_flush();
2618 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2619 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2620 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2621 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2624 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2626 static void
2627 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2629 int h;
2631 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2633 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2634 update_screen(0);
2635 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2636 ins_compl_del_pum();
2641 * Remove any popup menu.
2643 static void
2644 ins_compl_del_pum()
2646 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2648 pum_undisplay();
2649 vim_free(compl_match_array);
2650 compl_match_array = NULL;
2655 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2657 static int
2658 pum_wanted()
2660 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2661 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2662 return FALSE;
2664 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2665 if (t_colors < 8
2666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2667 && !gui.in_use
2668 #endif
2670 return FALSE;
2671 return TRUE;
2675 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2676 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2678 static int
2679 pum_enough_matches()
2681 compl_T *compl;
2682 int i;
2684 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2685 * one (ignoring the original text). */
2686 compl = compl_first_match;
2687 i = 0;
2690 if (compl == NULL
2691 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2692 break;
2693 compl = compl->cp_next;
2694 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2696 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2697 return (i >= 1);
2698 return (i >= 2);
2702 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2703 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2705 void
2706 ins_compl_show_pum()
2708 compl_T *compl;
2709 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
2710 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2711 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2712 int i;
2713 int cur = -1;
2714 colnr_T col;
2715 int lead_len = 0;
2717 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2718 return;
2720 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2721 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2722 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2723 #endif
2725 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2726 update_screen(0);
2728 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2730 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2731 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2732 compl = compl_first_match;
2733 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2734 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2737 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2738 && (compl_leader == NULL
2739 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2740 ++compl_match_arraysize;
2741 compl = compl->cp_next;
2742 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2743 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2744 return;
2745 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2746 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2747 * compl_match_arraysize));
2748 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2750 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2751 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2752 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2753 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2755 i = 0;
2756 compl = compl_first_match;
2759 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2760 && (compl_leader == NULL
2761 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2763 if (!shown_match_ok)
2765 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2767 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2768 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2769 compl_shown_match = compl;
2770 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2771 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2773 else
2774 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2775 * shown match is just below it. */
2776 shown_compl = compl;
2777 cur = i;
2780 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2781 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2782 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2783 else
2784 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2785 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2786 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2787 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2788 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2789 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2790 else
2791 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2794 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2796 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2798 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2799 * compl_shown_match. */
2800 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2801 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2803 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2805 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2806 * previously displayed match. */
2807 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2808 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2811 compl = compl->cp_next;
2812 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2814 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
2815 cur = -1;
2818 else
2820 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2821 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
2822 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
2823 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
2824 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
2826 cur = i;
2827 break;
2831 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2833 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2834 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2835 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2836 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2837 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
2838 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2842 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
2843 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2846 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
2847 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
2849 static void
2850 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
2851 char_u *dict_start;
2852 char_u *pat;
2853 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
2854 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
2856 char_u *dict = dict_start;
2857 char_u *ptr;
2858 char_u *buf;
2859 regmatch_T regmatch;
2860 char_u **files;
2861 int count;
2862 int i;
2863 int save_p_scs;
2864 int dir = compl_direction;
2866 if (*dict == NUL)
2868 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2869 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
2870 * "spell". */
2871 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
2872 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
2873 else
2874 #endif
2875 return;
2878 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2879 if (buf == NULL)
2880 return;
2881 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
2883 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2884 save_p_scs = p_scs;
2885 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2886 p_scs = FALSE;
2888 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
2889 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
2890 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
2891 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2893 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
2895 if (pat_esc == NULL)
2896 goto theend;
2897 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
2898 ptr = alloc(i);
2899 if (ptr == NULL)
2901 vim_free(pat_esc);
2902 goto theend;
2904 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
2905 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
2906 vim_free(pat_esc);
2907 vim_free(ptr);
2909 else
2911 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2912 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
2913 goto theend;
2916 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2917 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2918 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2920 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2921 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2923 count = 1;
2924 files = &dict;
2926 else
2928 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2929 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2930 * a modeline). */
2931 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2932 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2933 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
2934 count = -1;
2935 else
2936 # endif
2937 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2938 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2939 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2940 count = 0;
2943 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2944 if (count == -1)
2946 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
2947 * don't use it as a RE. */
2948 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
2949 ptr = pat + 2;
2950 else
2951 ptr = pat;
2952 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
2954 else
2955 # endif
2956 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
2958 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
2959 &regmatch, buf, &dir);
2960 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2961 FreeWild(count, files);
2963 if (flags != 0)
2964 break;
2967 theend:
2968 p_scs = save_p_scs;
2969 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2970 vim_free(buf);
2973 static void
2974 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
2975 int count;
2976 char_u **files;
2977 int thesaurus;
2978 int flags;
2979 regmatch_T *regmatch;
2980 char_u *buf;
2981 int *dir;
2983 char_u *ptr;
2984 int i;
2985 FILE *fp;
2986 int add_r;
2988 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
2990 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
2991 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2993 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
2994 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
2995 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
2998 if (fp != NULL)
3001 * Read dictionary file line by line.
3002 * Check each line for a match.
3004 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
3005 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
3007 ptr = buf;
3008 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
3010 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
3011 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3012 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
3013 else
3014 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3015 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
3016 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
3017 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3018 if (thesaurus)
3020 char_u *wstart;
3023 * Add the other matches on the line
3025 ptr = buf;
3026 while (!got_int)
3028 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
3029 * space and punctuation. */
3030 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
3031 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
3032 break;
3033 wstart = ptr;
3035 /* Find end of the word. */
3036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3037 if (has_mbyte)
3038 /* Japanese words may have characters in
3039 * different classes, only separate words
3040 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
3041 while (*ptr != NUL)
3043 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3045 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3046 break;
3047 ptr += l;
3049 else
3050 #endif
3051 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3053 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3054 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3055 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3056 (int)(ptr - wstart),
3057 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3060 if (add_r == OK)
3061 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3062 *dir = FORWARD;
3063 else if (add_r == FAIL)
3064 break;
3065 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3066 * of line */
3067 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3068 break;
3070 line_breakcheck();
3071 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
3073 fclose(fp);
3079 * Find the start of the next word.
3080 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
3082 char_u *
3083 find_word_start(ptr)
3084 char_u *ptr;
3086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3087 if (has_mbyte)
3088 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3089 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3090 else
3091 #endif
3092 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3093 ++ptr;
3094 return ptr;
3098 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
3099 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3101 char_u *
3102 find_word_end(ptr)
3103 char_u *ptr;
3105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3106 int start_class;
3108 if (has_mbyte)
3110 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3111 if (start_class > 1)
3112 while (*ptr != NUL)
3114 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3115 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3116 break;
3119 else
3120 #endif
3121 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3122 ++ptr;
3123 return ptr;
3127 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3128 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3130 static char_u *
3131 find_line_end(ptr)
3132 char_u *ptr;
3134 char_u *s;
3136 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3137 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3138 --s;
3139 return s;
3143 * Free the list of completions
3145 static void
3146 ins_compl_free()
3148 compl_T *match;
3149 int i;
3151 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3152 compl_pattern = NULL;
3153 vim_free(compl_leader);
3154 compl_leader = NULL;
3156 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3157 return;
3159 ins_compl_del_pum();
3160 pum_clear();
3162 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3165 match = compl_curr_match;
3166 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3167 vim_free(match->cp_str);
3168 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3169 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3170 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3171 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3172 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3173 vim_free(match);
3174 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3175 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3178 static void
3179 ins_compl_clear()
3181 compl_cont_status = 0;
3182 compl_started = FALSE;
3183 compl_matches = 0;
3184 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3185 compl_pattern = NULL;
3186 vim_free(compl_leader);
3187 compl_leader = NULL;
3188 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3189 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3190 compl_orig_text = NULL;
3191 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3195 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3198 ins_compl_active()
3200 return compl_started;
3204 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3205 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3206 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3207 * to be got from the user.
3209 static int
3210 ins_compl_bs()
3212 char_u *line;
3213 char_u *p;
3215 line = ml_get_curline();
3216 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3217 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3219 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
3220 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
3221 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3222 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3223 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
3224 return K_BS;
3226 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3227 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3228 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3229 || compl_was_interrupted)
3230 ins_compl_restart();
3232 vim_free(compl_leader);
3233 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3234 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3236 ins_compl_new_leader();
3237 return NUL;
3239 return K_BS;
3243 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3244 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3245 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3247 static void
3248 ins_compl_new_leader()
3250 ins_compl_del_pum();
3251 ins_compl_delete();
3252 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3253 compl_used_match = FALSE;
3255 if (compl_started)
3256 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3257 else
3259 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3260 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
3261 #endif
3263 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
3264 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
3265 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3267 update_screen(0);
3268 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3269 if (gui.in_use)
3271 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3272 setcursor();
3273 out_flush();
3274 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3276 #endif
3277 compl_restarting = TRUE;
3278 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3279 compl_cont_status = 0;
3280 compl_restarting = FALSE;
3283 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
3284 if (!compl_used_match)
3286 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
3287 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3288 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3289 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
3290 else
3291 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
3292 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3293 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3295 #endif
3296 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3298 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3299 ins_compl_show_pum();
3301 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3302 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3303 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3307 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
3308 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero.
3310 static int
3311 ins_compl_len()
3313 int off = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
3315 if (off < 0)
3316 return 0;
3317 return off;
3321 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3322 * matches.
3324 static void
3325 ins_compl_addleader(c)
3326 int c;
3328 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3329 int cc;
3331 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3333 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3335 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3336 buf[cc] = NUL;
3337 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3339 else
3340 #endif
3341 ins_char(c);
3343 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3344 if (compl_was_interrupted)
3345 ins_compl_restart();
3347 vim_free(compl_leader);
3348 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3349 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
3350 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3351 ins_compl_new_leader();
3355 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
3356 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3358 static void
3359 ins_compl_restart()
3361 ins_compl_free();
3362 compl_started = FALSE;
3363 compl_matches = 0;
3364 compl_cont_status = 0;
3365 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3369 * Set the first match, the original text.
3371 static void
3372 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
3373 char_u *str;
3375 char_u *p;
3377 /* Replace the original text entry. */
3378 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
3380 p = vim_strsave(str);
3381 if (p != NULL)
3383 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3384 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3390 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3391 * matches.
3393 static void
3394 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
3396 char_u *p;
3397 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
3398 int c;
3399 compl_T *cp;
3401 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3402 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
3404 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3405 * the leader. */
3406 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3408 p = NULL;
3409 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3410 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3412 if (compl_leader == NULL
3413 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3414 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3416 p = cp->cp_str;
3417 break;
3420 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3421 return;
3423 else
3424 return;
3426 p += len;
3427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3428 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
3429 #else
3430 c = *p;
3431 #endif
3432 ins_compl_addleader(c);
3436 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3437 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3438 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3440 static int
3441 ins_compl_prep(c)
3442 int c;
3444 char_u *ptr;
3445 int want_cindent;
3446 int retval = FALSE;
3448 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3449 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3451 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3452 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3454 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3455 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
3456 return retval;
3458 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3459 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3460 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3462 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
3463 compl_used_match = TRUE;
3466 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3469 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3470 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
3472 switch (c)
3474 case Ctrl_E:
3475 case Ctrl_Y:
3476 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3477 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3478 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3479 else
3480 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3481 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3482 showmode();
3483 break;
3484 case Ctrl_L:
3485 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3486 break;
3487 case Ctrl_F:
3488 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3489 break;
3490 case Ctrl_K:
3491 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3492 break;
3493 case Ctrl_R:
3494 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3495 break;
3496 case Ctrl_T:
3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3498 break;
3499 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3500 case Ctrl_U:
3501 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3502 break;
3503 case Ctrl_O:
3504 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3505 break;
3506 #endif
3507 case 's':
3508 case Ctrl_S:
3509 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3510 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3511 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3512 spell_back_to_badword();
3513 --emsg_off;
3514 #endif
3515 break;
3516 case Ctrl_RSB:
3517 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3518 break;
3519 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3520 case Ctrl_I:
3521 case K_S_TAB:
3522 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3523 break;
3524 case Ctrl_D:
3525 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3526 break;
3527 #endif
3528 case Ctrl_V:
3529 case Ctrl_Q:
3530 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3531 break;
3532 case Ctrl_P:
3533 case Ctrl_N:
3534 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3535 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3536 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3537 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3538 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3539 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3540 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
3541 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3542 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3543 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3544 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3545 /* FALLTHROUGH */
3546 default:
3547 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3548 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3549 * mode).
3550 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3551 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3552 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3553 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3554 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3555 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3556 * mode -- Acevedo */
3557 if (c == Ctrl_X)
3559 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3560 compl_cont_status = 0;
3561 else
3562 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3564 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3565 edit_submode = NULL;
3566 showmode();
3567 break;
3570 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3572 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3573 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3575 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3576 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3577 else
3578 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3579 edit_submode = NULL;
3581 showmode();
3584 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3586 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3587 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3588 * showing what mode we are in. */
3589 showmode();
3590 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3591 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3592 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3594 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3595 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
3596 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3597 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3599 char_u *p;
3600 int temp = 0;
3603 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3604 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3605 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3606 * of the original text that has changed.
3607 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3608 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3610 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3611 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3612 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
3613 ptr = compl_leader;
3614 else
3615 ptr = compl_orig_text;
3616 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3618 p = compl_orig_text;
3619 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
3620 ++temp)
3622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3623 if (temp > 0)
3624 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
3625 #endif
3626 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3627 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3629 if (ptr != NULL)
3630 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
3633 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3634 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3635 #endif
3637 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3638 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3640 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3642 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3643 /* re-indent the current line */
3644 if (want_cindent)
3646 do_c_expr_indent();
3647 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
3649 #endif
3651 else
3653 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3655 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3656 if (prev_col > 0)
3657 dec_cursor();
3658 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3659 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3660 if (prev_col > 0
3661 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3662 inc_cursor();
3665 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3666 * the selection without inserting anything. When
3667 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3668 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3669 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3670 && pum_visible())
3671 retval = TRUE;
3673 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3674 if (c == Ctrl_E)
3676 ins_compl_delete();
3677 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3678 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3679 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3680 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
3681 retval = TRUE;
3684 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3686 ins_compl_free();
3687 compl_started = FALSE;
3688 compl_matches = 0;
3689 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3690 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3691 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3692 if (edit_submode != NULL)
3694 edit_submode = NULL;
3695 showmode();
3698 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3700 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3702 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3703 do_c_expr_indent();
3704 #endif
3708 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3709 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3710 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3712 compl_cont_status = 0;
3713 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3716 return retval;
3720 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3721 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3722 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
3723 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3725 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3727 static buf_T *
3728 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
3729 buf_T *buf;
3730 int flag;
3732 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3733 static win_T *wp;
3734 #endif
3736 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
3738 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3739 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
3740 wp = curwin;
3741 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3742 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3744 buf = wp->w_buffer;
3745 #else
3746 buf = curbuf;
3747 #endif
3749 else
3750 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3751 * (unlisted buffers)
3752 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3753 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3754 && ((flag == 'U'
3755 ? buf->b_p_bl
3756 : (!buf->b_p_bl
3757 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3758 || buf->b_scanned))
3760 return buf;
3763 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3764 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
3767 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
3768 * get matches in "matches".
3770 static void
3771 expand_by_function(type, base)
3772 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
3773 char_u *base;
3775 list_T *matchlist;
3776 char_u *args[2];
3777 char_u *funcname;
3778 pos_T pos;
3780 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3781 if (*funcname == NUL)
3782 return;
3784 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
3785 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
3786 args[1] = base;
3788 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3789 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3790 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
3791 if (matchlist == NULL)
3792 return;
3794 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
3795 list_unref(matchlist);
3797 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
3799 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
3801 * Add completions from a list.
3803 static void
3804 ins_compl_add_list(list)
3805 list_T *list;
3807 listitem_T *li;
3808 int dir = compl_direction;
3810 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
3811 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
3813 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
3814 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3815 dir = FORWARD;
3816 else if (did_emsg)
3817 break;
3822 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
3823 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
3824 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
3825 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
3828 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
3829 typval_T *tv;
3830 int dir;
3832 char_u *word;
3833 int icase = FALSE;
3834 int adup = FALSE;
3835 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
3837 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
3839 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
3840 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3841 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
3842 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3843 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
3844 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3845 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
3846 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3847 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
3848 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
3849 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
3850 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
3851 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
3853 else
3855 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
3856 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
3858 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
3859 return FAIL;
3860 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
3862 #endif
3865 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
3866 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
3867 * compl_direction.
3868 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
3869 * where we stopped searching before.
3870 * This may return before finding all the matches.
3871 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
3873 static int
3874 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
3875 pos_T *ini;
3877 static pos_T first_match_pos;
3878 static pos_T last_match_pos;
3879 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
3880 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
3881 certain type. */
3882 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
3884 pos_T *pos;
3885 char_u **matches;
3886 int save_p_scs;
3887 int save_p_ws;
3888 int save_p_ic;
3889 int i;
3890 int num_matches;
3891 int len;
3892 int found_new_match;
3893 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
3894 char_u *ptr;
3895 char_u *dict = NULL;
3896 int dict_f = 0;
3897 compl_T *old_match;
3899 if (!compl_started)
3901 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
3902 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
3903 found_all = FALSE;
3904 ins_buf = curbuf;
3905 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3906 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
3907 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
3910 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
3911 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
3912 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
3913 for (;;)
3915 found_new_match = FAIL;
3917 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
3918 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
3919 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
3920 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3921 && (!compl_started || found_all))
3923 found_all = FALSE;
3924 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
3925 e_cpt++;
3926 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
3928 ins_buf = curbuf;
3929 first_match_pos = *ini;
3930 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
3931 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
3932 dec(&first_match_pos);
3933 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
3934 type = 0;
3936 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
3937 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
3939 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
3940 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
3942 compl_started = TRUE;
3943 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
3944 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
3945 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
3946 type = 0;
3948 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
3950 found_all = TRUE;
3951 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
3952 continue;
3953 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3954 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
3955 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
3957 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
3958 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
3959 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
3960 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
3961 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
3962 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
3963 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3965 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
3966 break;
3967 else
3969 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3970 type = -1;
3971 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
3973 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
3974 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3975 else
3976 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3977 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
3979 dict = e_cpt;
3980 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
3983 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3984 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
3985 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3986 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
3987 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3988 #endif
3989 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
3991 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3992 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
3993 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3995 else
3996 type = -1;
3998 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
3999 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
4001 found_all = TRUE;
4002 if (type == -1)
4003 continue;
4007 switch (type)
4009 case -1:
4010 break;
4011 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4012 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
4013 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
4014 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
4015 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
4016 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
4017 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4018 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
4019 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
4020 break;
4021 #endif
4023 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
4024 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
4025 ins_compl_dictionaries(
4026 dict != NULL ? dict
4027 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
4028 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
4029 ? p_tsr
4030 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
4031 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
4032 ? p_dict
4033 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
4034 compl_pattern,
4035 dict != NULL ? dict_f
4036 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
4037 dict = NULL;
4038 break;
4040 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
4041 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
4042 save_p_ic = p_ic;
4043 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
4045 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
4046 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
4047 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4048 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
4049 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
4050 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
4052 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4054 p_ic = save_p_ic;
4055 break;
4057 case CTRL_X_FILES:
4058 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4059 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4062 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
4063 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4064 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
4065 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
4066 TRUE
4067 #else
4068 FALSE
4069 #endif
4072 break;
4074 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4075 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4076 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4077 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4078 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4079 break;
4081 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4082 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4083 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4084 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4085 break;
4086 #endif
4088 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4089 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4090 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4091 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
4092 if (num_matches > 0)
4093 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4094 #endif
4095 break;
4097 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4099 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4101 save_p_scs = p_scs;
4102 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4103 p_scs = FALSE;
4105 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4106 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4107 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4108 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4109 save_p_ws = p_ws;
4110 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4111 p_ws = FALSE;
4112 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4113 p_ws = TRUE;
4114 for (;;)
4116 int flags = 0;
4118 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4120 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
4121 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4122 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
4123 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4124 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4125 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4126 else
4127 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4128 compl_direction,
4129 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4130 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
4131 --msg_silent;
4132 if (!compl_started)
4134 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4135 compl_started = TRUE;
4136 first_match_pos = *pos;
4137 last_match_pos = *pos;
4139 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4140 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4141 found_new_match = FAIL;
4142 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4144 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4145 found_all = TRUE;
4146 break;
4149 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4150 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4151 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4152 && ini->col == pos->col)
4153 continue;
4154 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4155 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4157 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4159 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4160 continue;
4161 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4162 if (!p_paste)
4163 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4165 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4167 else
4169 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
4171 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4173 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4174 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
4175 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4176 continue;
4177 /* Find start of next word. */
4178 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4180 /* Find end of this word. */
4181 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4182 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4184 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4185 && len == compl_length)
4187 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4189 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4190 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4191 * IOSIZE is always greater than
4192 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4193 * works -- Acevedo */
4194 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4195 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4196 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4197 /* Find start of next word. */
4198 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4199 /* Find end of next word. */
4200 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4201 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4203 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4205 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4206 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4207 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4208 if (p_js
4209 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4210 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4211 == NULL
4212 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4213 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4214 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4216 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
4217 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4218 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4219 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4220 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4221 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4223 IObuff[len] = NUL;
4224 ptr = IObuff;
4226 if (len == compl_length)
4227 continue;
4230 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4231 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4232 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4234 found_new_match = OK;
4235 break;
4238 p_scs = save_p_scs;
4239 p_ws = save_p_ws;
4242 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4243 * expansion added somenthing) */
4244 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4245 found_new_match = OK;
4247 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4248 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4249 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4250 || found_new_match != FAIL)
4252 if (got_int)
4253 break;
4254 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4255 if (type != -1)
4256 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4258 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4259 || compl_interrupted)
4260 break;
4261 compl_started = TRUE;
4263 else
4265 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4266 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4267 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4269 compl_started = FALSE;
4272 compl_started = TRUE;
4274 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4275 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
4276 found_new_match = FAIL;
4278 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
4279 if (found_new_match == FAIL
4280 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
4281 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4283 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4284 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4285 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4286 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4287 : old_match->cp_prev;
4288 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4289 compl_curr_match = old_match;
4290 return i;
4293 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4294 static void
4295 ins_compl_delete()
4297 int i;
4300 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4301 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4303 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4304 backspace_until_column(i);
4305 changed_cline_bef_curs();
4308 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4309 static void
4310 ins_compl_insert()
4312 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
4313 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4314 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4315 else
4316 compl_used_match = TRUE;
4320 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4321 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4322 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4323 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
4324 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4325 * through the ones found so far.
4326 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4328 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4329 * compl_shown_match here.
4331 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
4332 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4333 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4335 static int
4336 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
4337 int allow_get_expansion;
4338 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
4339 be at least 1 */
4340 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
4342 int num_matches = -1;
4343 int i;
4344 int todo = count;
4345 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4346 int found_end = FALSE;
4347 int advance;
4349 if (compl_leader != NULL
4350 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4352 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4353 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4354 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4355 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4356 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4357 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4358 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4360 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4361 * backward, find the last match. */
4362 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4363 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4364 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4365 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4366 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4368 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4369 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4370 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4371 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4372 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4376 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4377 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4378 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
4379 ins_compl_delete();
4381 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4382 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4383 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4385 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4386 if (compl_restarting)
4388 advance = FALSE;
4389 compl_restarting = FALSE;
4392 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
4393 * around. */
4394 while (--todo >= 0)
4396 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4398 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4399 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4400 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4401 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4403 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4404 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4406 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4407 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4408 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4410 else
4412 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4414 if (advance)
4416 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4417 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4418 else
4419 compl_pending += todo + 1;
4421 return -1;
4424 if (advance)
4426 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4427 --compl_pending;
4428 else
4429 ++compl_pending;
4432 /* Find matches. */
4433 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4435 /* handle any pending completions */
4436 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4437 && advance)
4439 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4441 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4442 --compl_pending;
4444 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4446 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4447 ++compl_pending;
4449 else
4450 break;
4452 found_end = FALSE;
4454 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4455 && compl_leader != NULL
4456 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4457 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4458 ++todo;
4459 else
4460 /* Remember a matching item. */
4461 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4463 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4464 if (found_end)
4466 if (found_compl != NULL)
4468 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4469 break;
4471 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4475 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4476 if (insert_match)
4478 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4479 ins_compl_insert();
4480 else
4481 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
4483 else
4484 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4486 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4488 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4489 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4491 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4492 update_screen(0);
4494 /* display the updated popup menu */
4495 ins_compl_show_pum();
4496 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4497 if (gui.in_use)
4499 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4500 setcursor();
4501 out_flush();
4502 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4504 #endif
4506 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4507 * don't want to match ourselves! */
4508 ins_compl_delete();
4511 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4512 * menu is visible. */
4513 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4516 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4517 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4519 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4521 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4522 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4523 if (i <= 0)
4524 i = 0;
4525 else
4526 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4527 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4528 msg(IObuff);
4529 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
4532 return num_matches;
4536 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4537 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4538 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4539 * possible. -- webb
4540 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4542 void
4543 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
4544 int frequency;
4546 static int count = 0;
4548 int c;
4550 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
4551 * scripts */
4552 if (using_script())
4553 return;
4555 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4556 if (++count < frequency)
4557 return;
4558 count = 0;
4560 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4561 * can't do its work correctly. */
4562 c = vpeekc_any();
4563 if (c != NUL)
4565 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4567 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
4568 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4569 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4570 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4572 else
4574 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
4575 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
4576 c = safe_vgetc();
4577 if (c != K_IGNORE)
4579 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4580 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4581 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4582 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4584 vungetc(c);
4588 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
4590 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4592 compl_pending = 0;
4593 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4598 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4599 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4601 static int
4602 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
4603 int c;
4605 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4606 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4607 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4608 return BACKWARD;
4609 return FORWARD;
4613 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4614 * is visible.
4616 static int
4617 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
4618 int c;
4620 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4621 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4622 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4626 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4627 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4629 static int
4630 ins_compl_key2count(c)
4631 int c;
4633 int h;
4635 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4637 h = pum_get_height();
4638 if (h > 3)
4639 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4640 return h;
4642 return 1;
4646 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4647 * to change the currently selected completion.
4649 static int
4650 ins_compl_use_match(c)
4651 int c;
4653 switch (c)
4655 case K_UP:
4656 case K_DOWN:
4657 case K_PAGEDOWN:
4658 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
4659 case K_S_DOWN:
4660 case K_PAGEUP:
4661 case K_KPAGEUP:
4662 case K_S_UP:
4663 return FALSE;
4665 return TRUE;
4669 * Do Insert mode completion.
4670 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
4671 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
4673 static int
4674 ins_complete(c)
4675 int c;
4677 char_u *line;
4678 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
4679 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
4680 int n;
4682 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4683 if (!compl_started)
4685 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
4687 did_ai = FALSE;
4688 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4689 did_si = FALSE;
4690 can_si = FALSE;
4691 can_si_back = FALSE;
4692 #endif
4693 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4694 return FAIL;
4696 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4697 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4698 compl_pending = 0;
4700 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
4701 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
4702 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
4703 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
4704 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
4705 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
4706 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
4707 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
4708 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
4711 * it is a continued search
4713 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
4714 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4715 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4717 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4719 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
4720 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
4721 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
4722 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
4723 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4724 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4725 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4726 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
4728 else
4730 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
4731 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
4732 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
4733 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
4735 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
4736 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
4737 line + compl_length
4738 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
4740 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
4742 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
4743 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
4744 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
4745 #define MIN_SPACE 75
4746 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
4748 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
4749 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
4750 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
4752 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4753 if (compl_length < 1)
4754 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4756 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4757 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4758 else
4759 compl_cont_status = 0;
4761 else
4762 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4764 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
4766 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
4767 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
4768 compl_cont_status = 0;
4769 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
4770 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4771 startcol = (int)curs_col;
4772 compl_col = 0;
4775 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
4776 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
4778 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
4779 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4781 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
4783 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
4785 compl_col += ++startcol;
4786 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
4788 if (p_ic)
4789 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
4790 compl_length, NULL, 0);
4791 else
4792 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
4793 compl_length);
4794 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4795 return FAIL;
4797 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4799 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
4801 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
4802 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
4803 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4804 compl_length) + 3);
4805 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4806 return FAIL;
4807 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
4808 || (compl_col > 0
4809 && (
4810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4811 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
4812 #else
4813 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
4814 #endif
4816 prefix = (char_u *)"";
4817 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
4818 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
4819 line + compl_col, compl_length);
4821 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
4822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4823 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
4824 #else
4825 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
4826 #endif
4829 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
4830 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
4831 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4832 return FAIL;
4833 compl_col += curs_col;
4834 compl_length = 0;
4836 else
4838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4839 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
4840 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
4841 if (has_mbyte)
4843 int base_class;
4844 int head_off;
4846 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4847 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
4848 while (--startcol >= 0)
4850 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4851 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
4852 - head_off))
4853 break;
4854 startcol -= head_off;
4857 else
4858 #endif
4859 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
4861 compl_col += ++startcol;
4862 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4863 if (compl_length == 1)
4865 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
4866 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
4867 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
4869 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
4870 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4871 return FAIL;
4872 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4873 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
4874 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
4876 else
4878 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4879 compl_length) + 3);
4880 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4881 return FAIL;
4882 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4883 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
4884 compl_length);
4888 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4890 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4891 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
4892 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
4893 compl_length = 0;
4894 if (p_ic)
4895 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4896 NULL, 0);
4897 else
4898 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4899 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4900 return FAIL;
4902 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
4904 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
4906 compl_col += ++startcol;
4907 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4908 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4909 EXPAND_FILES);
4910 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4911 return FAIL;
4913 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
4915 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
4916 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4917 return FAIL;
4918 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4919 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
4920 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
4921 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
4922 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
4923 * "pattern not found" message. */
4924 compl_col = curs_col;
4925 else
4926 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
4927 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4929 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
4931 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4933 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
4934 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
4936 char_u *args[2];
4937 int col;
4938 char_u *funcname;
4939 pos_T pos;
4941 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
4942 * string */
4943 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4944 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4945 if (*funcname == NUL)
4947 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4948 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
4949 return FAIL;
4952 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
4953 args[1] = NULL;
4954 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4955 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
4956 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
4958 if (col < 0)
4959 col = curs_col;
4960 compl_col = col;
4961 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
4962 compl_col = curs_col;
4964 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
4965 * it may have become invalid. */
4966 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4967 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4968 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4969 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4970 #endif
4971 return FAIL;
4973 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
4975 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4976 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
4977 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
4978 else
4979 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
4980 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
4982 compl_length = 0;
4983 compl_col = curs_col;
4985 else
4987 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
4988 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
4990 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
4991 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4992 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4993 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4994 #endif
4995 return FAIL;
4997 else
4999 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
5000 return FAIL;
5003 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5005 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
5006 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
5008 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
5009 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5010 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
5012 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
5013 #endif
5014 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5015 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5016 ins_eol('\r');
5017 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5018 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
5019 #endif
5020 compl_length = 0;
5021 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5024 else
5026 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
5027 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5030 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
5031 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
5032 else
5033 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
5035 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
5036 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5037 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5038 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
5039 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
5041 vim_free(compl_pattern);
5042 compl_pattern = NULL;
5043 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5044 compl_orig_text = NULL;
5045 return FAIL;
5048 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
5049 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
5050 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
5052 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
5053 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5054 showmode();
5055 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
5056 out_flush();
5059 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5060 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5063 * Find next match (and following matches).
5065 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
5067 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5068 ins_compl_upd_pum();
5070 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
5071 compl_matches = n;
5072 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5073 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5075 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5076 * mode. */
5077 if (got_int && !global_busy)
5079 (void)vgetc();
5080 got_int = FALSE;
5083 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5084 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5086 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5087 && compl_length > 1
5088 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5089 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5090 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5091 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5092 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5093 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
5094 if ( compl_length > 1
5095 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5096 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
5097 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5098 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5099 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5102 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5103 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5104 else
5105 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5107 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5109 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5111 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5112 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5114 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5116 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5117 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5119 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5121 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5122 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5124 else
5126 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5127 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5129 int number = 0;
5130 compl_T *match;
5132 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5134 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5135 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5136 * cycle, so it's fast! */
5137 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5138 && match != compl_first_match;
5139 match = match->cp_prev)
5140 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5142 number = match->cp_number;
5143 break;
5145 if (match != NULL)
5146 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5147 * yet */
5148 for (match = match->cp_next;
5149 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5150 match = match->cp_next)
5151 match->cp_number = ++number;
5153 else /* BACKWARD */
5155 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5156 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
5157 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5158 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5159 && match != compl_first_match;
5160 match = match->cp_next)
5161 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5163 number = match->cp_number;
5164 break;
5166 if (match != NULL)
5167 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5168 * assigned yet */
5169 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5170 && match->cp_number == -1;
5171 match = match->cp_prev)
5172 match->cp_number = ++number;
5176 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5177 * just a safety check. */
5178 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5180 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5181 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5182 static char_u match_ref[81];
5184 if (compl_matches > 0)
5185 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5186 _("match %d of %d"),
5187 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5188 else
5189 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5190 _("match %d"),
5191 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5192 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5193 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5194 if (dollar_vcol)
5195 curs_columns(FALSE);
5200 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5201 showmode();
5202 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5204 if (!p_smd)
5205 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5206 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5207 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5209 else
5210 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5212 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5213 if (!compl_interrupted)
5215 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5216 n = RedrawingDisabled;
5217 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5218 ins_compl_show_pum();
5219 setcursor();
5220 RedrawingDisabled = n;
5222 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5223 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5225 return OK;
5229 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5230 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5231 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5232 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5234 static int
5235 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
5236 char_u *dest;
5237 char_u *src;
5238 int len;
5240 int m;
5242 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
5244 switch (*src)
5246 case '.':
5247 case '*':
5248 case '[':
5249 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5250 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5251 break;
5252 case '~':
5253 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
5254 break;
5255 case '\\':
5256 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5257 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5258 break;
5259 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
5260 case '$':
5261 m++;
5262 if (dest != NULL)
5263 *dest++ = '\\';
5264 break;
5266 if (dest != NULL)
5267 *dest++ = *src;
5268 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5269 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5270 if (has_mbyte)
5272 int i, mb_len;
5274 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5275 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5276 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5278 --len;
5279 ++src;
5280 if (dest != NULL)
5281 *dest++ = *src;
5284 # endif
5286 if (dest != NULL)
5287 *dest = NUL;
5289 return m;
5291 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5294 * Next character is interpreted literally.
5295 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5296 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5297 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5300 get_literal()
5302 int cc;
5303 int nc;
5304 int i;
5305 int hex = FALSE;
5306 int octal = FALSE;
5307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5308 int unicode = 0;
5309 #endif
5311 if (got_int)
5312 return Ctrl_C;
5314 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5316 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5317 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
5318 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5319 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5321 if (gui.in_use)
5322 ++allow_keys;
5323 #endif
5324 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5325 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
5326 #endif
5327 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
5328 cc = 0;
5329 i = 0;
5330 for (;;)
5332 nc = plain_vgetc();
5333 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5334 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5335 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5336 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5337 # endif
5339 add_to_showcmd(nc);
5340 #endif
5341 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5342 hex = TRUE;
5343 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5344 octal = TRUE;
5345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5346 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5347 unicode = nc;
5348 #endif
5349 else
5351 if (hex
5352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5353 || unicode != 0
5354 #endif
5357 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5358 break;
5359 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5361 else if (octal)
5363 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5364 break;
5365 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5367 else
5369 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5370 break;
5371 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5374 ++i;
5377 if (cc > 255
5378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5379 && unicode == 0
5380 #endif
5382 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
5383 nc = 0;
5385 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
5387 if (i >= 2)
5388 break;
5390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5391 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5393 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5394 break;
5396 #endif
5397 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5398 break;
5400 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
5402 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5404 cc = '\n';
5405 nc = 0;
5407 else
5409 cc = nc;
5410 nc = 0;
5414 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5415 cc = '\n';
5416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5417 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5418 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5419 second byte will cause trouble! */
5420 #endif
5422 --no_mapping;
5423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5424 if (gui.in_use)
5425 --allow_keys;
5426 #endif
5427 if (nc)
5428 vungetc(nc);
5429 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5430 return cc;
5434 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5436 static void
5437 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
5438 int c;
5439 int allow_modmask;
5440 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5442 char_u *p;
5443 int len;
5446 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5447 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5448 * mode.
5449 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5450 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5452 #ifdef MACOS
5453 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5454 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5455 allow_modmask = TRUE;
5456 #endif
5457 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5459 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5460 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5461 c = p[len - 1];
5462 if (len > 2)
5464 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5465 return;
5466 p[len - 1] = NUL;
5467 ins_str(p);
5468 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5469 ctrlv = FALSE;
5472 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5473 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5477 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5478 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5479 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5480 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5481 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5482 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5483 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5485 #ifdef EBCDIC
5486 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5487 #else
5488 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5489 #endif
5491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5492 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5493 #else
5494 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5495 #endif
5497 void
5498 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
5499 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
5500 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5501 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5503 int textwidth;
5504 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5505 char_u *p;
5506 #endif
5507 int fo_ins_blank;
5509 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
5510 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5513 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5514 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5515 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5516 * ends in white space.
5517 * - Otherwise:
5518 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5519 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5520 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
5521 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5522 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5523 * before the insert.
5524 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5525 * before 'textwidth'
5527 if (textwidth > 0
5528 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5529 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
5530 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5531 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5532 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5533 #endif
5534 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5535 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5536 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5537 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5538 && (!fo_ins_blank
5539 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5540 ))))))
5542 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
5543 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5544 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5545 int do_internal = TRUE;
5547 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
5549 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5550 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5551 * was called. */
5552 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5554 if (do_internal)
5555 #endif
5556 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
5559 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
5560 return;
5562 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5563 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5564 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5566 char_u *line;
5567 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
5568 int middle_len, end_len;
5569 int i;
5572 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5573 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
5575 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
5576 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
5578 /* Skip middle-comment string */
5579 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
5580 ++p;
5581 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5582 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5583 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5584 --middle_len;
5586 /* Find the end-comment string */
5587 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
5588 ++p;
5589 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5591 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
5592 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5593 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
5595 i++;
5597 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
5598 i -= middle_len;
5600 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
5601 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
5603 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
5604 backspace_until_column(i);
5607 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
5608 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
5610 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
5614 end_comment_pending = NUL;
5615 #endif
5617 did_ai = FALSE;
5618 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5619 did_si = FALSE;
5620 can_si = FALSE;
5621 can_si_back = FALSE;
5622 #endif
5625 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
5626 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
5627 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
5628 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
5629 * 'paste' is set)..
5631 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5632 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5633 #endif
5635 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
5636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5637 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
5638 #endif
5639 && vpeekc() != NUL
5640 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5641 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5642 && !cindent_on()
5643 #endif
5644 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5645 && !p_ri
5646 #endif
5649 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
5650 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
5651 int i;
5652 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
5654 buf[0] = c;
5655 i = 1;
5656 if (textwidth > 0)
5657 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5659 * Stop the string when:
5660 * - no more chars available
5661 * - finding a special character (command key)
5662 * - buffer is full
5663 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
5664 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
5666 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
5667 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
5668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5669 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
5670 #endif
5671 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
5672 && (textwidth == 0
5673 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5674 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
5676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5677 c = vgetc();
5678 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
5679 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
5680 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
5681 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
5682 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
5683 # endif
5684 buf[i++] = c;
5685 #else
5686 buf[i++] = vgetc();
5687 #endif
5690 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
5691 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
5692 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
5693 #endif
5694 buf[i] = NUL;
5695 ins_str(buf);
5696 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5698 redo_literal(*buf);
5699 i = 1;
5701 else
5702 i = 0;
5703 if (buf[i] != NUL)
5704 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
5706 else
5708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5709 int cc;
5711 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
5713 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5715 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
5716 buf[cc] = NUL;
5717 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
5718 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5720 else
5721 #endif
5723 ins_char(c);
5724 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5725 redo_literal(c);
5726 else
5727 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5733 * Format text at the current insert position.
5735 static void
5736 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
5737 int textwidth;
5738 int second_indent;
5739 int flags;
5740 int format_only;
5742 int cc;
5743 int save_char = NUL;
5744 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
5745 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5746 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5747 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
5748 #endif
5749 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
5750 int first_line = TRUE;
5751 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5752 colnr_T leader_len;
5753 int no_leader = FALSE;
5754 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
5755 #endif
5758 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
5759 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
5761 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
5763 cc = gchar_cursor();
5764 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5766 save_char = cc;
5767 pchar_cursor('x');
5772 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
5774 while (!got_int)
5776 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
5777 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
5778 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
5779 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
5780 colnr_T len;
5781 colnr_T virtcol;
5782 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5783 int orig_col = 0;
5784 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
5785 #endif
5786 colnr_T col;
5788 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5789 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5790 break;
5792 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5793 if (no_leader)
5794 do_comments = FALSE;
5795 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5796 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
5797 do_comments = TRUE;
5799 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5800 if (do_comments)
5801 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
5802 else
5803 leader_len = 0;
5805 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
5806 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
5807 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
5808 * to start with %. */
5809 if (leader_len == 0)
5810 no_leader = TRUE;
5811 #endif
5812 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5813 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5814 && leader_len == 0
5815 #endif
5816 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
5819 textwidth = 0;
5820 break;
5822 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
5823 break;
5825 /* find column of textwidth border */
5826 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
5827 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5829 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
5830 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5831 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
5832 if (has_mbyte)
5833 mb_adjust_cursor();
5834 #endif
5835 foundcol = 0;
5838 * Find position to break at.
5839 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
5841 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
5842 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5843 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
5845 cc = gchar_cursor();
5846 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5848 /* remember position of blank just before text */
5849 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5851 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
5852 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5854 dec_cursor();
5855 cc = gchar_cursor();
5857 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5858 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
5859 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5860 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5861 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5862 break;
5863 #endif
5864 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5866 /* do not break after one-letter words */
5867 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5868 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
5870 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5871 dec_cursor();
5872 cc = gchar_cursor();
5874 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5875 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
5876 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5879 if (has_mbyte)
5880 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
5881 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
5882 else
5883 #endif
5884 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
5885 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5886 break;
5888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5889 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
5890 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5892 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
5893 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5894 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
5895 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
5896 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5897 break;
5899 #endif
5900 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5901 break;
5902 dec_cursor();
5905 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
5907 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5908 break;
5911 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
5912 undisplay_dollar();
5915 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
5916 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
5917 * over the text instead.
5919 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5920 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5921 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
5922 else
5923 #endif
5924 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
5927 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
5928 * characters that will remain on top line
5930 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5931 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
5932 inc_cursor();
5933 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
5934 if (startcol < 0)
5935 startcol = 0;
5937 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5938 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5941 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
5942 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
5944 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
5945 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
5946 if (saved_text == NULL)
5947 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
5948 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
5950 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
5951 if (!fo_white_par)
5952 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
5954 else
5955 #endif
5957 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
5958 if (!fo_white_par)
5959 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5963 * Split the line just before the margin.
5964 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
5966 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
5967 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
5968 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5969 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
5970 #endif
5971 , old_indent);
5972 old_indent = 0;
5974 replace_offset = 0;
5975 if (first_line)
5977 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
5978 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
5979 if (second_indent >= 0)
5981 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5982 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5983 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
5984 else
5985 #endif
5986 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
5988 first_line = FALSE;
5991 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5992 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5995 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
5996 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
5998 ins_bytes(saved_text);
5999 vim_free(saved_text);
6001 else
6002 #endif
6005 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
6006 * may have added or removed indent.
6008 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
6009 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6010 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
6011 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
6014 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
6015 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6016 can_cindent = TRUE;
6017 #endif
6018 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
6019 did_ai = FALSE;
6020 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6021 did_si = FALSE;
6022 can_si = FALSE;
6023 can_si_back = FALSE;
6024 #endif
6025 line_breakcheck();
6028 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
6029 pchar_cursor(save_char);
6031 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
6033 update_topline();
6034 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
6039 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
6040 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
6041 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
6042 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
6043 * saved here.
6045 void
6046 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
6047 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
6048 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
6050 pos_T pos;
6051 colnr_T len;
6052 char_u *old;
6053 char_u *new, *pnew;
6054 int wasatend;
6055 int cc;
6057 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6058 return;
6060 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6061 old = ml_get_curline();
6063 /* may remove added space */
6064 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6066 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6067 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
6068 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6069 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6070 * next they are not joined back together. */
6071 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
6072 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6074 dec_cursor();
6075 cc = gchar_cursor();
6076 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6077 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6078 dec_cursor();
6079 cc = gchar_cursor();
6080 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6082 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6083 return;
6085 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6088 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6089 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6090 * comments. */
6091 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6092 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
6093 return;
6094 #endif
6097 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6098 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
6099 * the start of a paragraph.
6101 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6103 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6104 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6105 return;
6109 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
6110 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6112 saved_cursor = pos;
6113 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
6114 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6115 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6117 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6119 /* "cannot happen" */
6120 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6121 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6123 else
6124 check_cursor_col();
6126 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6127 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
6128 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6129 * formatted. */
6130 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6132 new = ml_get_curline();
6133 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6134 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6136 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6137 pnew[len] = ' ';
6138 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6139 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6140 /* remove the space later */
6141 did_add_space = TRUE;
6143 else
6144 /* may remove added space */
6145 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6148 check_cursor();
6152 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6153 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6154 * position.
6156 static void
6157 check_auto_format(end_insert)
6158 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6160 int c = ' ';
6161 int cc;
6163 if (did_add_space)
6165 cc = gchar_cursor();
6166 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6167 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6168 did_add_space = FALSE;
6169 else
6171 if (!end_insert)
6173 inc_cursor();
6174 c = gchar_cursor();
6175 dec_cursor();
6177 if (c != NUL)
6179 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6180 del_char(FALSE);
6181 did_add_space = FALSE;
6188 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6189 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6190 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6191 * if invalid value, use 0.
6192 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6195 comp_textwidth(ff)
6196 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6198 int textwidth;
6200 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6201 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6203 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6204 * things that add to the margin. */
6205 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6206 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6207 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6208 textwidth -= 1;
6209 #endif
6210 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6211 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6212 #endif
6213 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6214 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6215 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6216 || usingNetbeans
6217 # endif
6219 textwidth -= 1;
6220 #endif
6221 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
6222 textwidth -= 8;
6224 if (textwidth < 0)
6225 textwidth = 0;
6226 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6228 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6229 if (textwidth > 79)
6230 textwidth = 79;
6232 return textwidth;
6236 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6238 static void
6239 redo_literal(c)
6240 int c;
6242 char_u buf[10];
6244 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
6245 * three digits. */
6246 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6248 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
6249 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6251 else
6252 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6256 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6257 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6259 static void
6260 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
6261 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
6263 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
6265 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6266 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
6267 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
6269 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6270 check_spell_redraw();
6271 #endif
6274 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6276 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6277 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6279 static void
6280 check_spell_redraw()
6282 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6284 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6286 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6287 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6292 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6293 * spelled word, if there is one.
6295 static void
6296 spell_back_to_badword()
6298 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6300 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6301 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6302 start_arrow(&tpos);
6304 #endif
6307 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6308 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6309 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6312 stop_arrow()
6314 if (arrow_used)
6316 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6318 arrow_used = FALSE;
6319 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6321 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
6322 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6323 ai_col = 0;
6324 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6325 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6327 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6328 vr_lines_changed = 1;
6330 #endif
6331 ResetRedobuff();
6332 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
6333 new_insert_skip = 2;
6335 else if (ins_need_undo)
6337 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6338 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6341 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6342 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6343 foldOpenCursor();
6344 #endif
6346 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6350 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6351 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
6352 * to another window/buffer.
6354 static void
6355 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
6356 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
6357 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
6359 int cc;
6360 char_u *ptr;
6362 stop_redo_ins();
6363 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
6366 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6367 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6368 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6370 ptr = get_inserted();
6371 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6372 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6374 vim_free(last_insert);
6375 last_insert = ptr;
6376 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6378 else
6379 vim_free(ptr);
6381 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6383 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6384 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6385 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
6386 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6387 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6389 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6391 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6392 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
6393 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6394 cc = 'x';
6395 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6397 dec_cursor();
6398 cc = gchar_cursor();
6399 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6400 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6403 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6405 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6407 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6408 inc_cursor();
6409 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6410 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6411 * the "coladd". */
6412 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6413 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6414 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6415 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6416 #endif
6420 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6421 check_auto_format(TRUE);
6423 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6424 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6425 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
6426 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6427 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
6429 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6431 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6432 for (;;)
6434 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6435 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6436 cc = gchar_cursor();
6437 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6438 break;
6439 (void)del_char(TRUE);
6441 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6442 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6443 else if (cc != NUL)
6444 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
6446 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6447 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6448 * deleted characters. */
6449 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6451 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6452 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
6454 VIsual.col = cc;
6455 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6456 VIsual.coladd = 0;
6457 # endif
6460 #endif
6463 did_ai = FALSE;
6464 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6465 did_si = FALSE;
6466 can_si = FALSE;
6467 can_si_back = FALSE;
6468 #endif
6470 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
6471 * now in a different buffer. */
6472 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
6474 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
6475 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
6480 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
6481 * Used for the replace command.
6483 void
6484 set_last_insert(c)
6485 int c;
6487 char_u *s;
6489 vim_free(last_insert);
6490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6491 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
6492 #else
6493 last_insert = alloc(6);
6494 #endif
6495 if (last_insert != NULL)
6497 s = last_insert;
6498 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
6499 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
6500 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
6501 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
6502 *s++ = ESC;
6503 *s++ = NUL;
6504 last_insert_skip = 0;
6508 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6509 void
6510 free_last_insert()
6512 vim_free(last_insert);
6513 last_insert = NULL;
6514 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6515 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
6516 compl_orig_text = NULL;
6517 # endif
6519 #endif
6522 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
6523 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
6524 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
6526 char_u *
6527 add_char2buf(c, s)
6528 int c;
6529 char_u *s;
6531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6532 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
6533 int i;
6534 int len;
6536 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
6537 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
6539 c = temp[i];
6540 #endif
6541 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
6542 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
6544 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
6545 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
6546 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
6548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6549 else if (c == CSI)
6551 *s++ = CSI;
6552 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
6553 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
6555 #endif
6556 else
6557 *s++ = c;
6558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6560 #endif
6561 return s;
6565 * move cursor to start of line
6566 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
6567 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
6568 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
6569 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
6571 void
6572 beginline(flags)
6573 int flags;
6575 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
6576 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6577 else
6579 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6580 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6581 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6582 #endif
6584 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
6586 char_u *ptr;
6588 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
6589 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
6590 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6592 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6597 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
6599 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
6600 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
6601 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
6605 oneright()
6607 char_u *ptr;
6608 int l;
6610 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6611 if (virtual_active())
6613 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6615 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
6616 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6617 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6618 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6619 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6620 # else
6621 *ptr
6622 # endif
6624 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
6625 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6626 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
6627 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
6628 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
6630 #endif
6632 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6633 if (*ptr == NUL)
6634 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
6636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6637 if (has_mbyte)
6638 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6639 else
6640 #endif
6641 l = 1;
6643 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
6644 * contains "onemore". */
6645 if (ptr[l] == NUL
6646 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6647 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
6648 #endif
6650 return FAIL;
6651 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
6653 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6654 return OK;
6658 oneleft()
6660 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6661 if (virtual_active())
6663 int width;
6664 int v = getviscol();
6666 if (v == 0)
6667 return FAIL;
6669 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6670 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
6671 width = 1;
6672 for (;;)
6674 coladvance(v - width);
6675 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
6676 * there are no multi-byte characters */
6677 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
6678 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6679 && !has_mbyte
6680 # endif
6681 ) || getviscol() < v)
6682 break;
6683 ++width;
6685 # else
6686 coladvance(v - 1);
6687 # endif
6689 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
6691 char_u *ptr;
6693 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
6694 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6695 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6696 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6697 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6698 # else
6699 *ptr
6700 # endif
6701 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
6702 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6705 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6706 return OK;
6708 #endif
6710 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6711 return FAIL;
6713 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6714 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6717 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
6718 * character, move to its first byte */
6719 if (has_mbyte)
6720 mb_adjust_cursor();
6721 #endif
6722 return OK;
6726 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
6727 long n;
6728 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6730 linenr_T lnum;
6732 if (n > 0)
6734 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6735 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
6736 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6737 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6738 return FAIL;
6739 if (n >= lnum)
6740 lnum = 1;
6741 else
6742 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6743 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6746 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
6748 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
6749 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6751 while (n--)
6753 /* move up one line */
6754 --lnum;
6755 if (lnum <= 1)
6756 break;
6757 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
6758 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
6759 * in a moment. */
6760 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
6761 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6763 if (lnum < 1)
6764 lnum = 1;
6766 else
6767 #endif
6768 lnum -= n;
6769 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6772 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6773 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6775 if (upd_topline)
6776 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6778 return OK;
6782 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
6785 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
6786 long n;
6787 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6789 linenr_T lnum;
6791 if (n > 0)
6793 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6794 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6795 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
6796 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
6797 #endif
6798 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
6799 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6800 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6801 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6802 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6803 return FAIL;
6804 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6805 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6806 else
6807 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6808 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6810 linenr_T last;
6812 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
6813 while (n--)
6815 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
6816 lnum = last + 1;
6817 else
6818 ++lnum;
6819 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6820 break;
6822 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6823 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6825 else
6826 #endif
6827 lnum += n;
6828 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6831 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6832 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6834 if (upd_topline)
6835 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6837 return OK;
6841 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
6842 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
6843 * first have to remove the command.
6846 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
6847 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
6848 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
6849 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
6851 char_u *esc_ptr;
6852 char_u *ptr;
6853 char_u *last_ptr;
6854 char_u last = NUL;
6856 ptr = get_last_insert();
6857 if (ptr == NULL)
6859 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
6860 return FAIL;
6863 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
6864 if (c != NUL)
6865 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6866 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
6867 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
6869 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
6870 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
6871 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
6873 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
6874 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
6875 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
6877 last = *last_ptr;
6878 *last_ptr = NUL;
6883 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
6884 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
6885 if (last)
6886 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
6887 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
6888 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
6890 while (--count > 0);
6892 if (last)
6893 *last_ptr = last;
6895 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
6896 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
6898 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
6899 if (!no_esc)
6900 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
6902 return OK;
6905 char_u *
6906 get_last_insert()
6908 if (last_insert == NULL)
6909 return NULL;
6910 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
6914 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
6915 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
6917 char_u *
6918 get_last_insert_save()
6920 char_u *s;
6921 int len;
6923 if (last_insert == NULL)
6924 return NULL;
6925 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
6926 if (s != NULL)
6928 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
6929 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
6930 s[len - 1] = NUL;
6932 return s;
6936 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
6937 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
6938 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
6939 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
6941 static int
6942 echeck_abbr(c)
6943 int c;
6945 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
6946 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
6947 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
6948 return FALSE;
6950 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
6951 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
6955 * replace-stack functions
6957 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
6958 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
6960 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
6961 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
6962 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
6964 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
6965 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
6966 * that were deleted (always white space).
6968 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
6969 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
6970 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
6973 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
6974 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
6975 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
6977 void
6978 replace_push(c)
6979 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
6981 char_u *p;
6983 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
6984 return;
6985 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
6987 replace_stack_len += 50;
6988 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
6989 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
6991 replace_stack_len -= 50;
6992 return;
6994 if (replace_stack != NULL)
6996 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
6997 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
6998 vim_free(replace_stack);
7000 replace_stack = p;
7002 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
7003 if (replace_offset)
7004 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
7005 *p = c;
7006 ++replace_stack_nr;
7009 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
7011 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
7012 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
7013 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
7016 replace_push_mb(p)
7017 char_u *p;
7019 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
7020 int j;
7022 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7023 replace_push(p[j]);
7024 return l;
7026 #endif
7028 #if 0
7030 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
7032 static void
7033 replace_push_off(c)
7034 int c;
7036 char_u *p;
7038 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
7039 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
7040 ++replace_offset)
7041 if (*--p == NUL)
7042 break;
7043 replace_push(c);
7044 replace_offset = 0;
7046 #endif
7049 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
7050 * return -1 if stack empty
7051 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
7053 static int
7054 replace_pop()
7056 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
7057 return -1;
7058 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7062 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
7063 * encountered.
7065 static void
7066 replace_join(off)
7067 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
7069 int i;
7071 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7072 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7074 --replace_stack_nr;
7075 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7076 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7077 return;
7082 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7083 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7085 static void
7086 replace_pop_ins()
7088 int cc;
7089 int oldState = State;
7091 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
7092 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7095 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7096 #else
7097 ins_char(cc);
7098 #endif
7099 dec_cursor();
7101 State = oldState;
7104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7106 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
7107 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7109 static void
7110 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
7111 int cc;
7113 int n;
7114 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
7115 int i;
7116 int c;
7118 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7120 buf[0] = cc;
7121 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7122 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7123 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7125 else
7126 ins_char(cc);
7128 if (enc_utf8)
7129 /* Handle composing chars. */
7130 for (;;)
7132 c = replace_pop();
7133 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
7134 break;
7135 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7137 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7138 replace_push(c);
7139 break;
7141 else
7143 buf[0] = c;
7144 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7145 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7146 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7147 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7148 else
7150 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7151 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7152 replace_push(buf[i]);
7153 break;
7158 #endif
7161 * make the replace stack empty
7162 * (called when exiting replace mode)
7164 static void
7165 replace_flush()
7167 vim_free(replace_stack);
7168 replace_stack = NULL;
7169 replace_stack_len = 0;
7170 replace_stack_nr = 0;
7174 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7175 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7176 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7177 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7178 * and check for more characters to be put back
7179 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when
7180 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
7182 static void
7183 replace_do_bs(limit_col)
7184 int limit_col;
7186 int cc;
7187 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7188 int orig_len = 0;
7189 int ins_len;
7190 int orig_vcols = 0;
7191 colnr_T start_vcol;
7192 char_u *p;
7193 int i;
7194 int vcol;
7195 #endif
7197 cc = replace_pop();
7198 if (cc > 0)
7200 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7201 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7203 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7204 * going to delete. */
7205 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7206 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7208 #endif
7209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7210 if (has_mbyte)
7212 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7213 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7214 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7215 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7216 # endif
7217 replace_push(cc);
7219 else
7220 #endif
7222 pchar_cursor(cc);
7223 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7224 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7225 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7226 #endif
7228 replace_pop_ins();
7230 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7231 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7233 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7234 p = ml_get_cursor();
7235 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7236 vcol = start_vcol;
7237 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7239 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7241 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7242 #endif
7244 vcol -= start_vcol;
7246 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7247 * text aligned. */
7248 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7249 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7251 del_char(FALSE);
7252 ++orig_vcols;
7254 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7256 #endif
7258 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7259 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7261 else if (cc == 0)
7262 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7265 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7267 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7269 static int
7270 cindent_on()
7272 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7273 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7274 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7275 # endif
7278 #endif
7280 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7282 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7283 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7284 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7285 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7288 void
7289 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
7290 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
7292 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
7293 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7294 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7297 void
7298 fix_indent()
7300 if (p_paste)
7301 return;
7302 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7303 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7304 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7305 # endif
7306 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7307 else
7308 # endif
7309 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7310 if (cindent_on())
7311 do_c_expr_indent();
7312 # endif
7315 #endif
7317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7319 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7320 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
7321 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
7322 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7324 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7325 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7326 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7327 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
7329 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7332 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
7333 int keytyped;
7334 int when;
7335 int line_is_empty;
7337 char_u *look;
7338 int try_match;
7339 int try_match_word;
7340 char_u *p;
7341 char_u *line;
7342 int icase;
7343 int i;
7345 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7346 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7347 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7348 else
7349 #endif
7350 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7351 while (*look)
7354 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7355 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7357 switch (when)
7359 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7360 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7361 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7363 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7364 ++look;
7367 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7368 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7370 if (*look == '0')
7372 try_match_word = try_match;
7373 if (!line_is_empty)
7374 try_match = FALSE;
7375 ++look;
7377 else
7378 try_match_word = FALSE;
7381 * does it look like a control character?
7383 if (*look == '^'
7384 #ifdef EBCDIC
7385 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7386 #else
7387 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7388 #endif
7391 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7392 return TRUE;
7393 look += 2;
7396 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7397 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7399 else if (*look == 'o')
7401 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7402 return TRUE;
7403 ++look;
7405 else if (*look == 'O')
7407 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7408 return TRUE;
7409 ++look;
7413 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7414 * cursor.
7416 else if (*look == 'e')
7418 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7420 p = ml_get_curline();
7421 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7422 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7423 return TRUE;
7425 ++look;
7429 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7430 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7431 * class::method for C++).
7433 else if (*look == ':')
7435 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7437 p = ml_get_curline();
7438 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
7439 return TRUE;
7440 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7441 p = ml_get_curline();
7442 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7443 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7444 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7446 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7447 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7448 || cin_islabel(30));
7449 p = ml_get_curline();
7450 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7451 if (i)
7452 return TRUE;
7455 ++look;
7460 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7462 else if (*look == '<')
7464 if (try_match)
7467 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7468 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7469 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7471 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7472 && keytyped == look[1])
7473 return TRUE;
7475 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
7476 return TRUE;
7478 while (*look && *look != '>')
7479 look++;
7480 while (*look == '>')
7481 look++;
7485 * Is it a word: "=word"?
7487 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
7489 ++look;
7490 if (*look == '~')
7492 icase = TRUE;
7493 ++look;
7495 else
7496 icase = FALSE;
7497 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
7498 if (p == NULL)
7499 p = look + STRLEN(look);
7500 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
7501 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
7503 int match = FALSE;
7505 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7506 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
7508 char_u *s;
7510 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
7511 * search back for the start of a word. */
7512 line = ml_get_curline();
7513 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7514 if (has_mbyte)
7516 char_u *n;
7518 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
7520 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
7521 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
7522 break;
7525 else
7526 # endif
7527 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
7528 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
7529 break;
7530 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
7531 && (icase
7532 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
7533 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
7534 match = TRUE;
7536 else
7537 #endif
7538 /* TODO: multi-byte */
7539 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
7540 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
7542 line = ml_get_cursor();
7543 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
7544 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
7545 && (icase
7546 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
7547 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
7548 == 0)
7549 match = TRUE;
7551 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
7553 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
7554 * word. */
7555 line = ml_get_curline();
7556 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
7557 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
7558 match = FALSE;
7560 if (match)
7561 return TRUE;
7563 look = p;
7567 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
7569 else
7571 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
7572 return TRUE;
7573 ++look;
7577 * Skip over ", ".
7579 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
7581 return FALSE;
7583 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7585 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
7587 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
7590 hkmap(c)
7591 int c;
7593 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
7595 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
7596 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
7597 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
7598 static char_u map[26] =
7599 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
7600 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
7601 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
7602 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
7603 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
7604 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
7605 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
7606 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
7607 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
7609 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
7610 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
7611 /* '-1'='sofit' */
7612 else if (c == 'x')
7613 return 'X';
7614 else if (c == 'q')
7615 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
7616 else if (c == 246)
7617 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
7618 else if (c == 228)
7619 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
7620 else if (c == 252)
7621 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
7622 #ifdef EBCDIC
7623 else if (islower(c))
7624 #else
7625 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
7626 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
7627 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
7628 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
7630 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
7631 #endif
7632 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
7633 else
7634 return c;
7636 else
7638 switch (c)
7640 case '`': return ';';
7641 case '/': return '.';
7642 case '\'': return ',';
7643 case 'q': return '/';
7644 case 'w': return '\'';
7646 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
7647 case ',': c = '{'; break;
7648 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
7649 case ';': c = 't'; break;
7650 default: {
7651 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
7653 #ifdef EBCDIC
7654 /* see note about islower() above */
7655 if (!islower(c))
7656 #else
7657 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
7658 #endif
7659 return c;
7660 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
7661 break;
7665 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
7668 #endif
7670 static void
7671 ins_reg()
7673 int need_redraw = FALSE;
7674 int regname;
7675 int literally = 0;
7676 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7677 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
7678 #endif
7681 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
7683 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7684 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7686 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7687 ins_redraw(FALSE);
7689 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
7690 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7691 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
7692 #endif
7695 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7696 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
7697 #endif
7700 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
7701 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7703 ++no_mapping;
7704 regname = plain_vgetc();
7705 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7706 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7707 #endif
7708 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
7710 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
7711 literally = regname;
7712 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7713 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
7714 #endif
7715 regname = plain_vgetc();
7716 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
7717 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7718 #endif
7720 --no_mapping;
7722 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7724 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
7725 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
7727 ++no_u_sync;
7728 if (regname == '=')
7730 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7731 int im_on = im_get_status();
7732 # endif
7733 regname = get_expr_register();
7734 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7735 /* Restore the Input Method. */
7736 if (im_on)
7737 im_set_active(TRUE);
7738 # endif
7740 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
7742 vim_beep();
7743 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7745 else
7747 #endif
7748 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
7750 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
7751 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
7752 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
7753 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
7755 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
7756 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
7758 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
7760 vim_beep();
7761 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7763 else if (stop_insert_mode)
7764 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
7765 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
7766 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
7767 need_redraw = TRUE;
7769 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7771 --no_u_sync;
7772 #endif
7773 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7774 clear_showcmd();
7775 #endif
7777 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
7778 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
7779 edit_unputchar();
7781 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7782 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
7783 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
7784 end_visual_mode();
7785 #endif
7789 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
7791 static void
7792 ins_ctrl_g()
7794 int c;
7796 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7797 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
7798 setcursor();
7799 #endif
7802 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
7803 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7805 ++no_mapping;
7806 c = plain_vgetc();
7807 --no_mapping;
7808 switch (c)
7810 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
7811 case K_UP:
7812 case Ctrl_K:
7813 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
7814 break;
7816 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
7817 case K_DOWN:
7818 case Ctrl_J:
7819 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
7820 break;
7822 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
7823 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
7824 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
7826 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
7827 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
7828 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
7829 break;
7831 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
7832 default: vim_beep();
7837 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
7839 static void
7840 ins_ctrl_hat()
7842 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
7844 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
7845 if (State & LANGMAP)
7847 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7848 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7850 else
7852 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
7853 State |= LANGMAP;
7854 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7855 im_set_active(FALSE);
7856 #endif
7859 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7860 else
7862 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
7863 if (im_get_status())
7865 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7866 im_set_active(FALSE);
7868 else
7870 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
7871 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7872 im_set_active(TRUE);
7875 #endif
7876 set_iminsert_global();
7877 showmode();
7878 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7879 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
7880 if (gui.in_use)
7881 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
7882 #endif
7883 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
7884 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
7885 status_redraw_curbuf();
7886 #endif
7890 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
7891 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
7892 * insert.
7894 static int
7895 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
7896 long *count;
7897 int cmdchar;
7898 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
7900 int temp;
7901 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7903 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7904 check_spell_redraw();
7905 #endif
7906 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
7907 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
7908 hangul_input_state_set(0);
7909 # endif
7910 if (composing_hangul)
7912 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
7913 composing_hangul = 0;
7915 #endif
7917 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7918 if (disabled_redraw)
7920 --RedrawingDisabled;
7921 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7923 if (!arrow_used)
7926 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
7927 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
7928 * when "count" is non-zero.
7930 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
7931 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
7934 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
7935 * interrupt now and then.
7937 if (*count > 0)
7939 line_breakcheck();
7940 if (got_int)
7941 *count = 0;
7944 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
7946 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
7947 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
7948 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
7950 (void)start_redo_ins();
7951 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
7952 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
7953 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7954 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
7955 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
7957 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
7958 undisplay_dollar();
7961 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
7962 * indent */
7963 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
7964 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7966 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
7967 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
7968 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
7971 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
7972 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
7974 if (!nomove
7975 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
7976 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7977 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
7978 #endif
7980 && (restart_edit == NUL
7981 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
7982 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7983 && !VIsual_active
7984 #endif
7986 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7987 && !revins_on
7988 #endif
7991 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7992 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
7994 oneleft();
7995 if (restart_edit != NUL)
7996 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
7998 else
7999 #endif
8001 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8003 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
8004 if (has_mbyte)
8005 mb_adjust_cursor();
8006 #endif
8010 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8011 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
8012 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
8013 * well). */
8014 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
8015 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
8016 im_set_active(FALSE);
8017 #endif
8019 State = NORMAL;
8020 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
8021 changed_cline_bef_curs();
8023 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8024 setmouse();
8025 #endif
8026 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8027 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8028 #endif
8031 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
8032 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
8034 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
8035 showmode();
8036 else if (p_smd)
8037 MSG("");
8039 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
8042 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8044 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
8045 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
8047 static void
8048 ins_ctrl_()
8050 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
8052 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
8053 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8055 p_ri = !p_ri;
8056 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
8057 if (revins_on)
8059 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8060 revins_legal++;
8061 revins_chars = 0;
8062 undisplay_dollar();
8064 else
8065 revins_scol = -1;
8066 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8067 if (p_altkeymap)
8070 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8071 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8072 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8074 arrow_used = TRUE;
8075 (void)stop_arrow();
8076 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8077 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8078 State = INSERT;
8080 else
8081 #endif
8082 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
8083 showmode();
8085 #endif
8087 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8089 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8090 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8092 static int
8093 ins_start_select(c)
8094 int c;
8096 if (km_startsel)
8097 switch (c)
8099 case K_KHOME:
8100 case K_KEND:
8101 case K_PAGEUP:
8102 case K_KPAGEUP:
8103 case K_PAGEDOWN:
8104 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8105 # ifdef MACOS
8106 case K_LEFT:
8107 case K_RIGHT:
8108 case K_UP:
8109 case K_DOWN:
8110 case K_END:
8111 case K_HOME:
8112 # endif
8113 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8114 break;
8115 /* FALLTHROUGH */
8116 case K_S_LEFT:
8117 case K_S_RIGHT:
8118 case K_S_UP:
8119 case K_S_DOWN:
8120 case K_S_END:
8121 case K_S_HOME:
8122 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8123 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8124 start_selection();
8126 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8127 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8128 if (mod_mask)
8130 char_u buf[4];
8132 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8133 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8134 buf[2] = mod_mask;
8135 buf[3] = NUL;
8136 stuffReadbuff(buf);
8138 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8139 return TRUE;
8141 return FALSE;
8143 #endif
8146 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
8148 static void
8149 ins_insert(replaceState)
8150 int replaceState;
8152 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8153 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8155 beep_flush();
8156 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
8157 return;
8159 #endif
8161 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8162 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8163 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8164 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8165 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8166 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8167 # endif
8168 "r"), 1);
8169 # endif
8170 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8171 #endif
8172 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8173 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8174 else
8175 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8176 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8177 showmode();
8178 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8179 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8180 #endif
8184 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8186 static void
8187 ins_ctrl_o()
8189 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8190 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8191 restart_edit = 'V';
8192 else
8193 #endif
8194 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8195 restart_edit = 'R';
8196 else
8197 restart_edit = 'I';
8198 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8199 if (virtual_active())
8200 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
8201 else
8202 #endif
8203 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8207 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8208 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8209 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
8210 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8211 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8213 static void
8214 ins_shift(c, lastc)
8215 int c;
8216 int lastc;
8218 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8219 return;
8220 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8223 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8225 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8226 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8228 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8229 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
8230 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8231 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8232 replace_pop_ins();
8233 if (lastc == '^')
8234 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
8235 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8237 else
8238 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8240 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8241 did_ai = FALSE;
8242 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8243 did_si = FALSE;
8244 can_si = FALSE;
8245 can_si_back = FALSE;
8246 #endif
8247 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8248 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8249 #endif
8252 static void
8253 ins_del()
8255 int temp;
8257 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8258 return;
8259 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
8261 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8262 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
8263 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
8264 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
8265 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
8266 vim_beep();
8267 else
8268 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8270 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
8271 vim_beep();
8272 did_ai = FALSE;
8273 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8274 did_si = FALSE;
8275 can_si = FALSE;
8276 can_si_back = FALSE;
8277 #endif
8278 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8281 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
8284 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
8286 static void
8287 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
8288 colnr_T *vcolp;
8290 dec_cursor();
8291 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
8292 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8294 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8295 * Replace mode */
8296 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8297 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8298 replace_do_bs(-1);
8300 else
8301 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8305 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8306 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8308 static int
8309 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
8310 int c;
8311 int mode;
8312 int *inserted_space_p;
8314 linenr_T lnum;
8315 int cc;
8316 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
8317 colnr_T mincol;
8318 int did_backspace = FALSE;
8319 int in_indent;
8320 int oldState;
8321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8322 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
8323 #endif
8326 * can't delete anything in an empty file
8327 * can't backup past first character in buffer
8328 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8329 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8331 if ( bufempty()
8332 || (
8333 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8334 !revins_on &&
8335 #endif
8336 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8337 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8338 && (arrow_used
8339 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8340 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
8341 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8342 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8343 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8345 vim_beep();
8346 return FALSE;
8349 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8350 return FALSE;
8351 in_indent = inindent(0);
8352 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8353 if (in_indent)
8354 can_cindent = FALSE;
8355 #endif
8356 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8357 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8358 #endif
8359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8360 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8361 inc_cursor();
8362 #endif
8364 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8365 /* Virtualedit:
8366 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8367 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8368 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8370 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8372 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8374 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8375 return TRUE;
8377 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8379 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8380 return TRUE;
8382 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8384 #endif
8387 * delete newline!
8389 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8391 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8392 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8393 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8394 || revins_on
8395 #endif
8398 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8399 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8400 return FALSE;
8401 --Insstart.lnum;
8402 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8405 * In replace mode:
8406 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8407 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8409 cc = -1;
8410 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8411 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8413 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8414 * cursor.
8416 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8418 dec_cursor();
8420 else
8422 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8423 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8424 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8425 #endif
8427 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
8428 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8430 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8431 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8432 * again when auto-formatting. */
8433 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8434 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8436 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8437 TRUE);
8438 int len;
8440 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8441 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8442 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8445 (void)do_join(FALSE);
8446 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8447 inc_cursor();
8449 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8450 else
8451 dec_cursor();
8452 #endif
8455 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8456 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8457 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8458 * characters that NL replaced.
8460 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8463 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8464 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8465 * avoiding showmatch().
8467 oldState = State;
8468 State = NORMAL;
8470 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8472 while (cc > 0)
8474 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8476 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8477 #else
8478 ins_char(cc);
8479 #endif
8480 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8481 cc = replace_pop();
8483 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
8484 replace_pop_ins();
8485 State = oldState;
8488 did_ai = FALSE;
8490 else
8493 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
8495 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8496 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
8497 dec_cursor();
8498 #endif
8499 mincol = 0;
8500 /* keep indent */
8501 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
8502 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
8503 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8504 || cindent_on()
8505 #endif
8507 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8508 && !revins_on
8509 #endif
8512 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8513 beginline(BL_WHITE);
8514 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
8515 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8516 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8520 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
8522 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
8523 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
8524 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
8525 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
8526 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
8527 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
8528 && (!*inserted_space_p
8529 || arrow_used))))))
8531 int ts;
8532 colnr_T vcol;
8533 colnr_T want_vcol;
8534 colnr_T start_vcol;
8536 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
8537 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8538 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
8539 else
8540 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
8541 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
8542 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
8543 * the previous character. */
8544 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8545 start_vcol = vcol;
8546 dec_cursor();
8547 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
8548 inc_cursor();
8549 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
8551 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
8552 while (vcol > want_vcol
8553 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
8554 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8556 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
8557 while (vcol < want_vcol)
8559 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
8560 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8561 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8562 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8566 ins_char(' ');
8567 else
8568 #endif
8570 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
8571 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
8572 replace_push(NUL);
8574 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8577 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
8578 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
8579 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
8580 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8584 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
8586 else do
8588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8589 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
8590 #endif
8591 dec_cursor();
8593 /* start of word? */
8594 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
8596 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
8597 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
8599 /* end of word? */
8600 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
8601 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
8602 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
8604 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8605 if (!revins_on)
8606 #endif
8607 inc_cursor();
8608 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8609 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8610 dec_cursor();
8611 #endif
8612 break;
8614 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8615 replace_do_bs(-1);
8616 else
8618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8619 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
8620 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
8621 #endif
8622 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8625 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
8626 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
8627 * character.
8629 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
8630 inc_cursor();
8631 #endif
8632 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8633 if (revins_chars)
8635 revins_chars--;
8636 revins_legal++;
8638 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
8639 break;
8640 #endif
8642 /* Just a single backspace?: */
8643 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8644 break;
8645 } while (
8646 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8647 revins_on ||
8648 #endif
8649 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
8650 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8651 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
8652 did_backspace = TRUE;
8654 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8655 did_si = FALSE;
8656 can_si = FALSE;
8657 can_si_back = FALSE;
8658 #endif
8659 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
8660 did_ai = FALSE;
8662 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
8663 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
8664 * with.
8666 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8668 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
8669 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8670 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8671 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8673 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
8674 * was there remains visible
8675 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
8676 * was there is erased from the screen.
8677 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
8678 * displayed even when there isn't.
8679 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
8680 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
8681 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
8683 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8684 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
8685 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
8686 * char before a Tab. */
8687 if (did_backspace)
8688 foldOpenCursor();
8689 #endif
8691 return did_backspace;
8694 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8695 static void
8696 ins_mouse(c)
8697 int c;
8699 pos_T tpos;
8700 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8702 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8703 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
8704 if (!gui.in_use)
8705 # endif
8706 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
8707 return;
8709 undisplay_dollar();
8710 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8711 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
8713 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8714 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
8716 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
8718 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
8719 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
8720 curwin = old_curwin;
8721 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8723 #endif
8724 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
8725 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8726 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
8728 curwin = new_curwin;
8729 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8731 #endif
8732 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8733 can_cindent = TRUE;
8734 # endif
8737 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8738 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
8739 redraw_statuslines();
8740 #endif
8743 static void
8744 ins_mousescroll(up)
8745 int up;
8747 pos_T tpos;
8748 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8749 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8750 # endif
8751 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8752 int did_scroll = FALSE;
8753 # endif
8755 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8757 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8758 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
8759 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
8761 int row, col;
8763 row = mouse_row;
8764 col = mouse_col;
8766 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
8767 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
8768 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8770 if (curwin == old_curwin)
8771 # endif
8772 undisplay_dollar();
8774 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8775 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
8776 if (!pum_visible()
8777 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8778 || curwin != old_curwin
8779 # endif
8781 # endif
8783 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
8784 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
8785 else
8786 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
8787 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8788 did_scroll = TRUE;
8789 # endif
8792 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8793 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8795 curwin = old_curwin;
8796 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8797 # endif
8799 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8800 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
8801 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
8802 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
8803 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
8805 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
8806 ins_compl_show_pum();
8808 # endif
8810 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
8812 start_arrow(&tpos);
8813 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8814 can_cindent = TRUE;
8815 # endif
8818 #endif
8820 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
8821 static void
8822 ins_tabline(c)
8823 int c;
8825 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
8826 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
8827 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
8829 undisplay_dollar();
8830 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8831 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8832 can_cindent = TRUE;
8833 # endif
8836 if (c == K_TABLINE)
8837 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
8838 else
8840 handle_tabmenu();
8841 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
8844 #endif
8846 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
8847 void
8848 ins_scroll()
8850 pos_T tpos;
8852 undisplay_dollar();
8853 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8854 if (gui_do_scroll())
8856 start_arrow(&tpos);
8857 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8858 can_cindent = TRUE;
8859 # endif
8863 void
8864 ins_horscroll()
8866 pos_T tpos;
8868 undisplay_dollar();
8869 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8870 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
8872 start_arrow(&tpos);
8873 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8874 can_cindent = TRUE;
8875 # endif
8878 #endif
8880 static void
8881 ins_left()
8883 pos_T tpos;
8885 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8886 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8887 foldOpenCursor();
8888 #endif
8889 undisplay_dollar();
8890 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8891 if (oneleft() == OK)
8893 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
8894 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
8895 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
8896 if (!im_is_preediting())
8897 #endif
8898 start_arrow(&tpos);
8899 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8900 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
8901 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
8902 revins_legal++;
8903 revins_chars++;
8904 #endif
8908 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
8909 * previous line
8911 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8913 start_arrow(&tpos);
8914 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
8915 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8916 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
8918 else
8919 vim_beep();
8922 static void
8923 ins_home(c)
8924 int c;
8926 pos_T tpos;
8928 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8929 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8930 foldOpenCursor();
8931 #endif
8932 undisplay_dollar();
8933 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8934 if (c == K_C_HOME)
8935 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
8936 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8937 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8938 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8939 #endif
8940 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
8941 start_arrow(&tpos);
8944 static void
8945 ins_end(c)
8946 int c;
8948 pos_T tpos;
8950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8951 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8952 foldOpenCursor();
8953 #endif
8954 undisplay_dollar();
8955 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8956 if (c == K_C_END)
8957 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
8958 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
8959 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
8961 start_arrow(&tpos);
8964 static void
8965 ins_s_left()
8967 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8968 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8969 foldOpenCursor();
8970 #endif
8971 undisplay_dollar();
8972 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8974 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8975 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
8976 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8978 else
8979 vim_beep();
8982 static void
8983 ins_right()
8985 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8986 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8987 foldOpenCursor();
8988 #endif
8989 undisplay_dollar();
8990 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
8993 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8994 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8995 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8996 if (virtual_active())
8997 oneright();
8998 else
8999 #endif
9001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9002 if (has_mbyte)
9003 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
9004 else
9005 #endif
9006 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
9009 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9010 revins_legal++;
9011 if (revins_chars)
9012 revins_chars--;
9013 #endif
9015 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
9016 * cursor to the next line */
9017 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
9018 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9020 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9021 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9022 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
9023 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9025 else
9026 vim_beep();
9029 static void
9030 ins_s_right()
9032 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9033 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9034 foldOpenCursor();
9035 #endif
9036 undisplay_dollar();
9037 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
9038 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
9040 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9041 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
9042 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9044 else
9045 vim_beep();
9048 static void
9049 ins_up(startcol)
9050 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9052 pos_T tpos;
9053 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9054 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9055 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9056 #endif
9058 undisplay_dollar();
9059 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9060 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9062 if (startcol)
9063 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9064 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9065 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9066 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9067 #endif
9069 redraw_later(VALID);
9070 start_arrow(&tpos);
9071 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9072 can_cindent = TRUE;
9073 #endif
9075 else
9076 vim_beep();
9079 static void
9080 ins_pageup()
9082 pos_T tpos;
9084 undisplay_dollar();
9086 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9087 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9089 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
9090 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9092 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9093 goto_tabpage(-1);
9095 return;
9097 #endif
9099 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9100 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
9102 start_arrow(&tpos);
9103 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9104 can_cindent = TRUE;
9105 #endif
9107 else
9108 vim_beep();
9111 static void
9112 ins_down(startcol)
9113 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9115 pos_T tpos;
9116 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9117 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9118 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9119 #endif
9121 undisplay_dollar();
9122 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9123 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9125 if (startcol)
9126 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9127 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9128 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9129 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9130 #endif
9132 redraw_later(VALID);
9133 start_arrow(&tpos);
9134 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9135 can_cindent = TRUE;
9136 #endif
9138 else
9139 vim_beep();
9142 static void
9143 ins_pagedown()
9145 pos_T tpos;
9147 undisplay_dollar();
9149 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9150 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9152 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
9153 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9155 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9156 goto_tabpage(0);
9158 return;
9160 #endif
9162 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9163 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9165 start_arrow(&tpos);
9166 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9167 can_cindent = TRUE;
9168 #endif
9170 else
9171 vim_beep();
9174 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9175 static void
9176 ins_drop()
9178 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9180 #endif
9183 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9184 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9186 static int
9187 ins_tab()
9189 int ind;
9190 int i;
9191 int temp;
9193 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9194 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9195 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9196 return FALSE;
9198 ind = inindent(0);
9199 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9200 if (ind)
9201 can_cindent = FALSE;
9202 #endif
9205 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9207 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9208 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9209 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
9210 return TRUE;
9212 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9213 return TRUE;
9215 did_ai = FALSE;
9216 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9217 did_si = FALSE;
9218 can_si = FALSE;
9219 can_si_back = FALSE;
9220 #endif
9221 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9223 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9224 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9225 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9226 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
9227 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9228 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9229 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9232 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
9233 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9234 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9236 ins_char(' ');
9237 while (--temp > 0)
9239 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9240 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9241 ins_char(' ');
9242 else
9243 #endif
9245 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9246 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
9247 replace_push(NUL);
9252 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9254 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
9256 char_u *ptr;
9257 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9258 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
9259 pos_T pos;
9260 #endif
9261 pos_T fpos;
9262 pos_T *cursor;
9263 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
9264 int change_col = -1;
9265 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9268 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9269 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9271 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9272 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9274 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9275 cursor = &pos;
9276 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9277 if (saved_line == NULL)
9278 return FALSE;
9279 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9281 else
9282 #endif
9284 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9285 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9288 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9289 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9290 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9292 /* Find first white before the cursor */
9293 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9294 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9296 --fpos.col;
9297 --ptr;
9300 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9301 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9302 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9303 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9305 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9306 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9309 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9310 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9311 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9313 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
9314 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9315 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9317 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9318 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9319 break;
9320 if (*ptr != TAB)
9322 *ptr = TAB;
9323 if (change_col < 0)
9325 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
9326 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9327 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9328 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9331 ++fpos.col;
9332 ++ptr;
9333 vcol += i;
9336 if (change_col >= 0)
9338 int repl_off = 0;
9340 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9341 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9343 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
9344 ++ptr;
9345 ++repl_off;
9347 if (vcol > want_vcol)
9349 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9350 --ptr;
9351 --repl_off;
9353 fpos.col += repl_off;
9355 /* Delete following spaces. */
9356 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9357 if (i > 0)
9359 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
9360 /* correct replace stack. */
9361 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9362 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9363 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9364 #endif
9366 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9367 replace_join(repl_off);
9369 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9370 if (usingNetbeans)
9372 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9373 (long)(i + 1));
9374 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9375 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9377 #endif
9378 cursor->col -= i;
9380 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9382 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
9383 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9384 * spacing.
9386 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9388 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9389 backspace_until_column(change_col);
9391 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9392 * ptr-cursor */
9393 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9394 cursor->col - change_col);
9396 #endif
9399 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9400 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9401 vim_free(saved_line);
9402 #endif
9403 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9406 return FALSE;
9410 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9411 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9413 static int
9414 ins_eol(c)
9415 int c;
9417 int i;
9419 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9420 return FALSE;
9421 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9422 return TRUE;
9423 undisplay_dollar();
9426 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9427 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9428 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9430 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9431 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9432 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9433 #endif
9435 replace_push(NUL);
9438 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
9439 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
9440 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
9441 * in open_line().
9444 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9445 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
9446 * CTRL-O). */
9447 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9448 coladvance(getviscol());
9449 #endif
9451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9452 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9453 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
9454 fkmap(NL);
9455 # endif
9456 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
9457 * current line. */
9458 if (revins_on)
9459 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
9460 #endif
9462 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
9463 i = open_line(FORWARD,
9464 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9465 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
9466 #endif
9467 0, old_indent);
9468 old_indent = 0;
9469 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9470 can_cindent = TRUE;
9471 #endif
9472 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9473 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
9474 foldOpenCursor();
9475 #endif
9477 return (!i);
9480 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
9482 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
9483 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
9484 * done.
9486 static int
9487 ins_digraph()
9489 int c;
9490 int cc;
9492 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
9493 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9495 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9496 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9498 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
9499 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9500 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
9501 #endif
9504 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
9505 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
9506 #endif
9508 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
9509 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
9510 ++no_mapping;
9511 ++allow_keys;
9512 c = plain_vgetc();
9513 --no_mapping;
9514 --allow_keys;
9515 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
9517 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9518 clear_showcmd();
9519 #endif
9520 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9521 return NUL;
9523 if (c != ESC)
9525 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9527 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9528 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9530 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
9532 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
9533 * an ESC next */
9534 edit_unputchar();
9535 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9536 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
9538 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9539 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
9540 #endif
9542 ++no_mapping;
9543 ++allow_keys;
9544 cc = plain_vgetc();
9545 --no_mapping;
9546 --allow_keys;
9547 if (cc != ESC)
9549 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
9550 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
9551 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9552 clear_showcmd();
9553 #endif
9554 return c;
9557 edit_unputchar();
9558 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9559 clear_showcmd();
9560 #endif
9561 return NUL;
9563 #endif
9566 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
9567 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
9569 static int
9570 ins_copychar(lnum)
9571 linenr_T lnum;
9573 int c;
9574 int temp;
9575 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
9577 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9579 vim_beep();
9580 return NUL;
9583 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
9584 temp = 0;
9585 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
9586 prev_ptr = ptr;
9587 validate_virtcol();
9588 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
9590 prev_ptr = ptr;
9591 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
9593 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
9594 ptr = prev_ptr;
9596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9597 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
9598 #else
9599 c = *ptr;
9600 #endif
9601 if (c == NUL)
9602 vim_beep();
9603 return c;
9607 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
9609 static int
9610 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
9611 int tc;
9613 int c = tc;
9615 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9616 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
9618 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
9619 scrolldown_clamp();
9620 else
9621 scrollup_clamp();
9622 redraw_later(VALID);
9624 else
9625 #endif
9627 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
9628 if (c != NUL)
9630 long tw_save;
9632 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
9633 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
9634 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
9635 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
9636 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
9637 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
9638 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
9639 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
9640 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9641 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
9642 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9643 revins_chars++;
9644 revins_legal++;
9645 #endif
9646 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
9647 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
9650 return c;
9653 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9655 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
9656 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
9658 static void
9659 ins_try_si(c)
9660 int c;
9662 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
9663 char_u *ptr;
9664 int i;
9665 int temp;
9668 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
9670 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
9673 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
9675 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
9677 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9679 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
9680 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
9681 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
9682 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
9683 * lines -- webb
9685 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
9686 i = pos->col;
9687 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
9688 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
9690 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
9691 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
9692 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
9693 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
9694 i = get_indent();
9695 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9696 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9697 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9698 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
9699 else
9700 #endif
9701 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
9703 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9706 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
9707 * more than indent of previous line
9709 temp = TRUE;
9710 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9712 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9713 i = get_indent();
9714 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9716 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
9718 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
9719 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
9720 break;
9722 if (get_indent() >= i)
9723 temp = FALSE;
9724 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9726 if (temp)
9727 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
9732 * set indent of '#' always to 0
9734 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
9736 /* remember current indent for next line */
9737 old_indent = get_indent();
9738 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
9741 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
9742 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
9743 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9745 #endif
9748 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
9749 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
9751 static colnr_T
9752 get_nolist_virtcol()
9754 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9755 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
9756 validate_virtcol();
9757 return curwin->w_virtcol;